(4633,160,4632,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4634,160,4632,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(4635,160,4632,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(4636,160,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(4637,160,4636,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4638,160,4636,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4639,160,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(4640,160,4639,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(4641,160,4639,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4642,160,4639,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4643,160,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(4644,160,4643,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4645,160,4643,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(4646,160,4643,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(4647,160,4643,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4648,160,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(4649,160,4648,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4650,160,4648,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(4651,160,4648,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(4652,160,4648,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4653,160,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(4654,160,4653,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(4655,160,4653,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(4656,160,4653,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(4657,160,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(4658,160,4657,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4659,160,4657,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(4660,160,4657,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(4661,160,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(4662,160,4661,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4663,160,4661,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4664,160,4661,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(4665,160,4661,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(4666,160,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(4667,160,4666,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4668,160,4666,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4669,160,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(4670,160,4669,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4671,160,4669,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4672,160,4669,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(4673,160,4669,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(4674,160,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(4675,160,4674,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4676,160,4674,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(4677,160,4674,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4678,160,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(4679,160,4678,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4680,160,4678,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4681,160,4678,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(4682,160,4678,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(4683,160,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(4684,160,4683,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(4685,160,4683,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4686,160,4683,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(4687,160,4683,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(4688,160,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(4689,160,4688,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(4690,160,4688,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(4691,160,4688,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(4692,160,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(4693,160,4692,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(4694,160,4692,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(4695,160,4692,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(4696,160,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(4697,160,4696,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(4698,161,0,'IRI start documents','',1.0,2.0,1),(4700,161,0,'Theory 1','PHYSIOLOGICAL/PSYCHOLOGICAL FACTORS\n\n&amp;#61553;	The Senses\n&amp;#61553;	Spatial Disorientation\n&amp;#61553;	Sensory Illusions\n&amp;#61553;	Stress',2.0,2.0,2),(4701,161,0,'Theory 2','FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS\n\n&amp;#61553;	Airspeed Indicator\n&amp;#61553;	Altimeter\n&amp;#61553;	Vertical Speed Indicator\n&amp;#61553;	Attitude Indicator\n&amp;#61553;	Heading Indicator\n&amp;#61553;	Turn and Balance Indicator/Turn Co-ordinator\n&amp;#61553;	Magnetic Compass\n\nIn relation to the above instruments the following items should be covered:\n\n&amp;#61553;	Principles of Operation\n&amp;#61553;	Errors and in-flight Serviceability Checks\n&amp;#61553;	System Failures',2.0,2.0,3),(4702,161,0,'Theory 3','RADIO NAVIGATION AIDS\n\n&amp;#61553;	Basic Radio Principles\n&amp;#61553;	Use of VHF RTF Channels\n&amp;#61553;	The Morse Code\n&amp;#61553;	Basic Principles of Radio Aids\n&amp;#61553;	VHF Omni Range (VOR)~\n&amp;#61553;	Ground and Aeroplane Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Non Directional Beacons (NDB/ADF)\n&amp;#61553;	Ground and Aeroplane Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	VHF Direction Finding (VHF/DF)\n&amp;#61553;	Radio Detection and Ranging (RADAR)\n\n \nGround Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Primary Radar\n&amp;#61553;	Secondary Surveillance Radar\n&amp;#61553;	Aeroplane Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Transponders\n&amp;#61553;	Precision Approach System\n&amp;#61553;	Other Navigational Systems (as applicable) in current Operational use\n&amp;#61553;	Ground and Aeroplane Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)\n&amp;#61553;	Ground and Aeroplane Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Marker Beacons\n&amp;#61553;	Ground and Aeroplane Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Pre-flight Serviceability Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Range, Accuracy and Limitations of Equipment',2.0,2.0,4),(4703,161,0,'Theory 4','FLIGHT PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS\n\nAERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATIONS\n\nThe course of training should cover the items listed below, but the applicant&amp;rsquo;s aptitude and previous aviation experience should be taken into account when determining the amount of instructional time allotted.\n\nAlthough a number of items contained under this heading are complementary to those contained in the PPL/CPL/IR syllabi, the instructor should ensure that they have been covered during the applicant&amp;rsquo;s training and due allowance should be made for the time needed to revise these items as necessary.\n\n&amp;#61553;	The Aeronautical Information Publication\n&amp;#61553;	NOTAM Class 1 and 2\n&amp;#61553;	Aeronautical Information Circulars\n&amp;#61553;	Information of an Operational Nature\n\n&amp;#61553;	The Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Services (RAC)\n&amp;#61553;	Visual Flight Rules and Instrument Flight Rules\n&amp;#61553;	Flight Plans and ATS Messages\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Radar in Air Traffic Services\n&amp;#61553;	Radio Failure\n\n&amp;#61553;	Classification of Airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Airspace Restrictions and Hazards\n\n&amp;#61553;	Holding and Approach to Land Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Precision Approaches/Non Precision Approaches\n&amp;#61553;	Radar Approach Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Missed Approach Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Visual Manoeuvring after an Instrument Approach\n&amp;#61553;	Conflict Hazards in Uncontrolled Airspace\n\n&amp;#61553;	Communications\n&amp;#61553;	Types of Services\n&amp;#61553;	Extraction of AIP Data Relating to Radio Aids\n\n&amp;#61553;	Charts Available\n&amp;#61553;	En-route\n&amp;#61553;	Departure and Arrival\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Approach and Landing\n&amp;#61553;	Amendments, Corrections and Revision Service',2.0,2.0,5),(4704,161,0,'Theory 5','FLIGHT PLANNING GENERAL\n\n&amp;#61553;	The Objectives of Flight Planning\n&amp;#61553;	Factors Affecting Aeroplane and Engine Performance\n&amp;#61553;	Selection of Alternate(s)\n&amp;#61553;	Obtaining Meteorological Information\n&amp;#61553;	Services Available\n&amp;#61553;	Met Briefing\n&amp;#61553;	Telephone Communication Direct with Forecaster\n&amp;#61553;	Actual Weather Reports (TAFs, METARs and SIGMET Messages)\n&amp;#61553;	The Route Forecast\n&amp;#61553;	The Operational Significance of the Meteorological Information Obtained (including Icing, Turbulence and Visibility)\n&amp;#61553;	Altimeter Considerations\n&amp;#61553;	Definitions of\n&amp;#61553;	Transition Altitude\n&amp;#61553;	Transition Level\n&amp;#61553;	Flight Level\n&amp;#61553;	QNH\n&amp;#61553;	Regional QNH\n&amp;#61553;	Standard Pressure Setting\n&amp;#61553;	QFE\n&amp;#61553;	Altimeter Setting Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Pre-flight Altimeter Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Take off and Climb\n&amp;#61553;	En-Route\n&amp;#61553;	Approach and Landing\n&amp;#61553;	Missed Approach\n&amp;#61553;	Terrain Clearance\n&amp;#61553;	Selection of a Minimum Safe En-Route Altitude\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Flight Rules\n&amp;#61553;	Preparation of Charts\n&amp;#61553;	Choice of Routes and Flight Levels\n&amp;#61553;	Compilation of Flight Plan/Log Sheet\n&amp;#61553;	Log Sheet Entries\n&amp;#61553;	Navigation Ground Aids to be used\n&amp;#61553;	Frequencies/Codings\n&amp;#61553;	Radials and Bearings\n&amp;#61553;	Tracks and Fixes\n&amp;#61553;	Safety Altitude(s)\n&amp;#61553;	Fuel Calculations\n&amp;#61553;	ATC Frequencies (VHF)\n&amp;#61553;	Tower, Approach, En-Route, Radar, FIS, ATIS, and Weather Reports\n&amp;#61553;	Minimum Safe Sector Altitudes En-Route at Destination and Alternate Aerodromes\n&amp;#61553;	Determination of Minimum Safe Descent Heights/Altitudes (Decision Heights) at Destination and Alternate Aerodromes',2.0,2.0,6),(4705,161,0,'Theory 6','THE PRIVILEGES OF THE INSTRUMENT RATING\n\n&amp;#61553;	Outside Controlled Airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Within Controlled Airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Period of Validity and Renewal Procedures',2.0,2.0,7),(4706,161,0,'Briefing pre-flight 1','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS LONG BRIEFING 1  AND LONG BRIEFING 2 given in 1 lesson by the candidate IRI\n\nINSTRUMENT FLYING (Basic)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Flight Instruments \n&amp;#61553;	Physiological Considerations\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Appreciation\n&amp;#61553;	Attitude Instrument Flight\n&amp;#61553;	Pitch Indications\n&amp;#61553;	Bank Indications\n&amp;#61553;	Different Instrument Presentations\n&amp;#61553;	Introduction to the Use of the Attitude Indicator\n&amp;#61553;	Pitch Attitude\n&amp;#61553;	Bank Attitude\n&amp;#61553;	Maintenance of Heading and Balanced flight\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Limitations (inc. System Failures)\n\nATTITUDE, POWER &amp; PERFORMANCE\n\n&amp;#61553;	Attitude Instrument Flight\n\n&amp;#61553;	Control Instruments\n&amp;#61553;	Performance Instruments\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of Changing Power and configuration\n&amp;#61553;	Cross Checking the Instrument Indications\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Interpretation\n&amp;#61553;	Direct and Indirect Indications (Performance Instruments)\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Lag\n&amp;#61553;	Selective Radial Scan\n\nTHE BASIC FLIGHT MANOEUVRES (FULL PANEL)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Straight and Level Flight at Various Airspeeds and Aeroplane Configurations\n&amp;#61553;	Climbing\n&amp;#61553;	Descending\n&amp;#61553;	Standard Rate Turns\n&amp;#61553;	Level, Climbing and Descending On to Pre-Selected Headings\n\nLONG BRIEFING 2\n\nINSTRUMENT FLYING (Advanced)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Full Panel\n&amp;#61553;	360&amp;deg; Level Turns\n&amp;#61553;	Unusual Attitudes &amp;ndash; Recoveries\n&amp;#61553;	Transference to Instruments after Take-off\n&amp;#61553;	Limited Panel\n&amp;#61553;	Basic Flight Manoeuvres\n&amp;#61553;	Unusual Attitudes &amp;ndash; Recoveries',0.5,1.0,8),(4707,161,0,'Briefing pre-flight 2','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS LONG BRIEFING 3 AND LONG BRIEFING 4\n\nRADIO NAVIGATION (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n\nUSE OF VOR (VHF OMNI RANGE)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Availability of VOR Stations En-Route\n&amp;#61553;	Station Frequencies and Identification Coding\n&amp;#61553;	Signal Reception Range\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of Altitude\n&amp;#61553;	VOR Radials\n&amp;#61553;	Method of Numbering\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Omni Bearing Selector\n&amp;#61553;	To/From Indicator\n&amp;#61553;	Orientation\n&amp;#61553;	Selecting Radials\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Radial\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Distance to Interception\n&amp;#61553;	Effects of Wind\n&amp;#61553;	Maintaining a Radial\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking To/From a VOR Station\n&amp;#61553;	Procedure Turns\n&amp;#61553;	Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Two Stations for Obtaining a Fix\n&amp;#61553;	Pre-Selecting Fixes Along a Track\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Ground Speed and ETA\n&amp;#61553;	Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Various Entries\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison)\n\n\nUSE OF ADF (AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDING EQUIPMENT)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Availability of NDB (Non Directional Beacons) Facilities En-Route\n&amp;#61553;	Location, Frequencies, Tuning (as applicable) and Identification Codes\n&amp;#61553;	Signal Reception Range\n&amp;#61553;	Static Interference\n&amp;#61553;	Night Effect\n&amp;#61553;	Station Interference\n&amp;#61553;	Mountain Effect\n&amp;#61553;	Coastal Refraction\n&amp;#61553;	Orientation in Relation to a NDB\n&amp;#61553;	Homing\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Magnetic Bearing and Tracking Inbound\n&amp;#61553;	Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Outbound\n&amp;#61553;	Time/Distance Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Two NDBs to Obtain a Fix or alternatively use of One NDB and One other Navaid\n&amp;#61553;	Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Various Approved Entries\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison)',0.5,1.0,9),(4708,161,0,'Briefing pre-flight 3','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS LONG BRIEFING 5 AND LONG BRIEFING 6\n\nUSE OF VHF/DF (Very High Frequency/Direction Finding)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Availability of VHF/DF Facilities En-Route\n&amp;#61553;	Location, Frequencies, Station Call Signs and Hours of Operation\n&amp;#61553;	Signal and Reception Range\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of Altitude\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Obtaining and Using Types of Bearings, e.g. QTE, QDM, QDR\n&amp;#61553;	Homing to a Station\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of Wind\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Two VHF/DF Stations to Obtain a Fix (or alternatively One VHF/DF Station and One other\n&amp;#61553;	Navaid)\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Groundspeed and ETA&amp;rsquo;s\n\n\n\nUSE OF DME (Distance Measuring Equipment)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Availability of DME Facilities\n&amp;#61553;	Location, Frequencies and Identification Codes\n&amp;#61553;	Signal Reception Range\n&amp;#61553;	Slant Range\n&amp;#61553;	Use of DME to obtain Distance, Groundspeed and Minutes to Run\n&amp;#61553;	Use of DME to obtain a Fix\n&amp;#61553;	AIR EXERCISE 6\n&amp;#61553;	USE OF DME (Distance Measuring Equipment)\n&amp;#61553;	Station Selection and Identification\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Equipment Functions\n&amp;#61553;	Distance\n&amp;#61553;	Groundspeed\n&amp;#61553;	Time to Run\n&amp;#61553;	DME Arc Approach\n&amp;#61553;	DME Holding',0.5,1.0,10),(4709,161,0,'Briefing pre-flight 4','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS LONG BRIEFING 7, 8, 9, 10  AND GLOBAL PRE-FLIGHT BRIEFING\n\nUSE OF TRANSPONDERS (SSR)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Operation of Transponders\n&amp;#61553;	Code Selection Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Emergency Codes\n&amp;#61553;	Precautions when using Airborne Equipment\n\n\nUSE OF EN-ROUTE RADAR\n\n&amp;#61553;	Availability of Radar Services\n&amp;#61553;	Location, Station Frequencies, Call Signs and Hours of Operation\n&amp;#61553;	AIP and NOTAMs\n&amp;#61553;	Provision of Service\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (R/T, Procedures and ATC Liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Airspace Radar Advisory Service\n&amp;#61553;	Emergency Service\n&amp;#61553;	Aircraft Separation Standards\n\n\nPRE-FLIGHT AND AERODROME DEPARTURE\n\n&amp;#61553;	Determining the Serviceability of the Aeroplane Radio\n&amp;#61553;	Navigation Equipment\n&amp;#61553;	Obtaining the Departure Clearance\n&amp;#61553;	Setting up Radio Navaids prior to Take-off e.g. VOR Frequencies, Required Radials, etc.\n&amp;#61553;	Aerodrome Departure Procedures, Frequency Changes\n&amp;#61553;	Altitude and Position Reporting as Required\n&amp;#61553;	Standard Instrument Departure Procedures (SIDs)\n&amp;#61553;	Obstacle Clearance Consid&amp;eacute;rations\n\nINITIAL/INTERMEDIATE/FINAL APPROACH PROCEDURES\n&amp;#61553;	Precision Approach Charts\n&amp;#61553;	Approach to the Initial Approach Fix and Minimum Sector Altitude\n&amp;#61553;	Navaid Requirements, e.g. Radar, ADF, etc.\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (ATC Liaison and R/T Phraseology)\n\nReview:\n&amp;#61553;	Holding Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	The Final Approach Track\n&amp;#61553;	Forming a Mental Picture of the Approach\n&amp;#61553;	Completion of Aerodrome Approach Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Initial Approach Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Selection of the ILS Frequency and Identification of Coding\n&amp;#61553;	Obstacle Clearance Altitude/Height\n&amp;#61553;	Operating Minima\n&amp;#61553;	Achieving the Horizontal and Vertical Patterns\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Distance, Groundspeed Time, and Rate of Descent from the Final Approach Fix to the Aerodrome\n&amp;#61553;	Use of DME (as applicable)\n&amp;#61553;	Go Around and Missed Approach Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Review of the Published Instructions\n&amp;#61553;	Transition from Instrument to Visual Flight (Sensory Illusions)\n\n\nVISUAL MANOEUVRING AFTER AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH\n\n&amp;#61553;	Circling Approach\n&amp;#61553;	Visual Approach to Landing',0.5,1.0,11),(4710,161,0,'FLIGHT 1','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS  AIR EXERCISE 1 AND 2\n\nAIR EXERCISE 1\n\nINSTRUMENT FLYING (Basic)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Physiological Sensations\n&amp;#61553;	Instrument Appreciation\n&amp;#61553;	Attitude Instrument Flight\n&amp;#61553;	Pitch Attitude\n&amp;#61553;	Bank Attitude\n&amp;#61553;	Maintenance of Heading and Balanced Flight\n&amp;#61553;	Attitude Instrument Flight\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of Changing Power and configuration\n&amp;#61553;	Cross Checking the Instruments\n&amp;#61553;	Selective Radial Scan\n\nTHE BASIC FLIGHT MANOEUVRES (FULL PANEL)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Straight and Level Flight at various Airspeeds and Aeroplane Configurations\n&amp;#61553;	Climbing\n&amp;#61553;	Descending\n&amp;#61553;	Standard Rate Turns\n&amp;#61553;	Level, Climbing and Descending on to Pre-Selected Headings\n\nAIR EXERCISE 2\n\n&amp;#61553;	Full Panel\n&amp;#61553;	360&amp;deg;  Level Turns\n&amp;#61553;	Unusual Attitudes &amp;ndash; Recoveries\n&amp;#61553;	Identification and Recovery from Low Pitch Steep Bank and High Pitch Steep Bank Attitudes\n&amp;#61553;	Limited Panel\n&amp;#61553;	Repeat of the Above Exercises',1.0,2.0,12),(4711,161,0,'FLIGHT 2','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS AIR EXERCISES 3 AND 4\n\nAIR EXERCISE 3\n\nRADIO NAVIGATION (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n\nUSE OF VOR (VHF OMNI RANGE)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Station Selection and Identification\n&amp;#61553;	Orientation\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Radial\n&amp;#61553;	R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison\n&amp;#61553;	Maintaining a Radial Inbound\n&amp;#61553;	Recognition of Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Maintaining a Radial Outbound\n&amp;#61553;	Procedure Turns\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Two Stations to Obtain a Fix Along the Track\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Ground Speed and ETA\n\n&amp;#61553;	Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Entries\n&amp;#61553;	Holding at a Pre-Selected Fix\n&amp;#61553;	Holding at a VOR Station\n\nAIR EXERCISE 4\n\nRADIO NAVIGATION (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n\nUSE OF ADF (AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDING EQUIPMENT)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Selecting, Tuning and Identifying a NDB\n&amp;#61553;	ADF Orientation\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Homing\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Inbound\n&amp;#61553;	Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Outbound\n&amp;#61553;	Time/Distance Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Magnetic Bearing\n&amp;#61553;	Determining the Aeroplane&amp;rsquo;s position from Two NDBs or alternatively from One NDB and One Other Navaid\n&amp;#61553;	ADF Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Various Approved Entries',1.0,2.0,13),(4712,161,0,'FLIGHT 3','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS AIR EXERCISES 5 AND 6\n\nAIR EXERCISE 5\n\nRADIO NAVIGATION (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n\nUSE OF VHF/DF (Very High Frequency/Direction Finding)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Establishing Contact with a VHF/DF Station\n&amp;#61553;	R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison\n&amp;#61553;	Obtaining and Using a QDR and QTE\n&amp;#61553;	Homing to a Station\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of Wind\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Two VHF/DF Stations to Obtain a Fix (or alternatively One VHF/DF Station and One other\n&amp;#61553;	Navaid)\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Groundspeed and ETA&amp;rsquo;s\n\nAIR EXERCISE 6\n&amp;#61553;	USE OF DME (Distance Measuring Equipment)\n&amp;#61553;	Station Selection and Identification\n&amp;#61553;	Use of Equipment Functions\n&amp;#61553;	Distance\n&amp;#61553;	Groundspeed\n&amp;#61553;	Time to Run\n&amp;#61553;	DME Arc Approach\n&amp;#61553;	DME Holding',1.0,2.0,14),(4713,161,0,'FLIGHT 4','ACCORDING SYLLABUS ITEMS AIR EXERCISES 7, 8, 9 AND 10\n\nAIR EXERCISE 7\n\nUSE OF TRANSPONDERS (SSR)\n\n&amp;#61553;	Operation of Transponders\n&amp;#61553;	Types of Transponders\n&amp;#61553;	Code Selection Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Emergency Codes\n&amp;#61553;	Precautions when Selecting the Required Code\n\n\nAIR EXERCISE 8\n\nUSE OF EN-ROUTE RADAR\n\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (R/T Procedures and ATC Liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Establishing the Service Required and Position Reporting\n&amp;#61553;	Method of Reporting Conflicting Traffic\n&amp;#61553;	Terrain Clearance\n\nAIR EXERCISE 9\n\nPRE-FLIGHT AND AERODROME DEPARTURE\n\n&amp;#61553;	Radio Equipment Serviceability Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Departure Clearance\n&amp;#61553;	Navaid Selection\n&amp;#61553;	Frequencies, Radials, etc.\n&amp;#61553;	Aerodrome Departure Checks, Frequency Changes, Altitude and Position Reports\n&amp;#61553;	Standard Instrument Departure Procedures (SIDs)\n\n\nAIR EXERCISE 10\n\nPRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURE\n\n&amp;#61553;	Initial Approach to the ILS\n&amp;#61553;	Completion of Approach Planning\n&amp;#61553;	Holding Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Frequency Selection and Identification of ILS\n&amp;#61553;	Review of the Published Procedure and Minimum Safe Sector Altitude\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (ATC Liaison and R/T Phraseology)\n&amp;#61553;	Determination of Operating Minima and Altimeter Setting\n&amp;#61553;	Weather Consideration, e.g. Cloud Base and Visibility\n&amp;#61553;	Availability of Runway Lighting\n&amp;#61553;	ILS Entry Methods\n&amp;#61553;	Radar Vectors\n&amp;#61553;	Procedural Method\n&amp;#61553;	Assessment of Approach Time from the Final Approach Fix to the Aerodrome\n\nDetermination of:\n&amp;#61553;	The Descent Rate on Final Approach\n&amp;#61553;	The Landing Runway and whether a Straight or Angled Approach will be required\n&amp;#61553;	The Wind Velocity at the Surface and the Length of the Landing Runway\n&amp;#61553;	The Obstruction Heights to be borne in mind during Visual manoeuvring after an Instrument Approach\n&amp;#61553;	Circling approach\n\nThe Approach:\n&amp;#61553;	At the Final Approach Fix\n&amp;#61553;	Use of DME (as applicable)\n&amp;#61553;	ATC liaison\n&amp;#61553;	Note Time and establish Airspeed and Descent Rate\n&amp;#61553;	Maintaining the Localiser and Glide Path\n&amp;#61553;	Anticipation in Change of Wind Velocity and its Effect on Drift\n&amp;#61553;	Decision Height\n&amp;#61553;	Runway Direction\n&amp;#61553;	Overshoot and Missed Approach Procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Transition from Instrument to Visual Flight\n&amp;#61553;	Circling Approach\n&amp;#61553;	Visual Approach to Landing',1.0,2.0,15),(4714,162,0,'Occurence report (duplicate before)','Please fill in the form. GRADE in your comment, \n1. INCIDENT recurrent probability class P5 (30 days) , P4 (6 months), P3 (1 year) , P2 (5 years)  or P1 (&gt;5 years)\n2. ACCIDENT.\n\nDESCRIBE THE INCIDENT/ACCIDENT\n\nRATE the possible consequences as follow; S5 (catastrophic), S4 (critical), S3 (concerning) , S2 Minor) , S1 (Negligible)\n\n \nPropose a corrective action.\n\nFor ACCIDENT USE DOCUMENT BELOW\n\nThe SAFETY MANAGER WILL fill in;\n1. The action taken\n2. The required ressources.\n3. The responsible for the action.\n4. Inform the BCAA',1.0,2.0,1),(4715,163,0,'START + Documents','',1.0,2.0,1),(4716,163,0,'Flight 1 target basic','basic knowledge\n\nFamiliarisation with the aeroplane	refer to annex syl-022 		\n\n&amp;#61553;	characteristics of the aeroplane\n&amp;#61553;	cockpit layout\n&amp;#61553;	systems\n&amp;#61553;	check lists, drills, controls',1.0,2.0,2),(4717,163,4716,'New Section Title','',1.0,2.0,1);
INSERT INTO `syllabus_sections` VALUES (4718,163,0,'Flight 2 target Ex1 Familiarisation with the aeroplane','Familiarisation with the aeroplane	refer to annex syl-022 		\n\n&amp;#61553;	characteristics of the aeroplane\n&amp;#61553;	cockpit layout\n&amp;#61553;	systems\n&amp;#61553;	check lists, drills, controls',0.5,1.0,3),(4719,163,4718,'New Section Title','',1.0,2.0,1),(4720,163,0,'Flight 3 Target Ex 1E Emergency drills','Exercise 1 E\nEmergency drills 			refer to	 annex  syl-022\n&amp;#61553;	\naction in the event of fire on the ground and in the air\nengine cabin and electrical system fire\nsystems failure\nescape drills, location and use of emergency equipment and exits',1.0,2.0,4),(4721,163,0,'Flight 4 target Ex 2 Preparation for and action after flight','Preparation for and action after flight refer to annex syl-022 		\n&amp;#61553;	flight authorisation and aeroplane acceptance\n&amp;#61553;	serviceability documents\n&amp;#61553;	equipment required, maps, etc.\n&amp;#61553;	external checks\n&amp;#61553;	internal checks\n&amp;#61553;	harness, seat or rudder panel adjustments\n&amp;#61553;	starting and warm up checks\n&amp;#61553;	power checks\n&amp;#61553;	running down system checks and switching off the engine\n&amp;#61553;	parking, security and picketing (e.g. tie down)\n&amp;#61553;	completion of authorisation sheet and serviceability documents',1.0,2.0,5),(4722,163,0,'Flight 5 target Ex 3 Air experience','Air experience				 	\n&amp;#61553;	flight exercise',1.0,2.0,6),(4723,163,0,'Flight 6 target Ex 4 Effects of controls','Effects of controls 			\n		\n&amp;#61553;	primary effects when laterally level and when banked\n&amp;#61553;	further effects of aileron and rudder\n&amp;#61553;	effects of:\n&amp;#61553;	airspeed\n&amp;#61553;	slipstream\n&amp;#61553;	power\n&amp;#61553;	trimming controls\n&amp;#61553;	flaps\n&amp;#61553;	other controls, as applicable\n&amp;#61553;	operation of:\n&amp;#61553;	mixture control\n&amp;#61553;	carburettor heat\n&amp;#61553;	cabin heating/ventilation\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship',1.0,2.0,7),(4724,163,0,'Flight 7 target Ex 5 Taxying','Taxying 			 		\n\n&amp;#61553;	pre-taxy checks\n&amp;#61553;	starting, control of speed and stopping\n&amp;#61553;	engine handling\n&amp;#61553;	control of direction and turning\n&amp;#61553;	turning in confined spaces\n&amp;#61553;	parking area procedure and precautions\n&amp;#61553;	effects of wind and use of flying controls\n&amp;#61553;	effects of ground surface\n&amp;#61553;	freedom of rudder movement\n&amp;#61553;	marshalling signals\n&amp;#61553;	instrument checks\n&amp;#61553;	air traffic control procedures\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship',1.0,2.0,8),(4725,163,0,'Flight 8 target Ex 5 E Brake and steering failure','Emergencies				 \n\n&amp;#61553;	Brake and steering failure',1.0,2.0,9),(4726,163,0,'Flight 9 target Ex 6 Straight and level','Straight and level		\n	\n&amp;#61553;	at normal cruising power, attaining and maintaining straight and level flight\n&amp;#61553;	flight at critically high airspeeds\n&amp;#61553;	demonstration of inherent stability\n&amp;#61553;	control in pitch, including use of trim\n&amp;#61553;	lateral level, direction and balance, trim\n&amp;#61553;	at selected airspeeds (use of power)\n&amp;#61553;	during speed and configuration changes\n&amp;#61553;	use of instruments for precision\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship',1.0,2.0,10),(4727,163,0,'Flight 10 target Ex 7 Climbing','Climbing				 	\n\n&amp;#61553;	entry, maintaining the normal and max rate climb, levelling off\n&amp;#61553;	leveling off at selected altitudes\n&amp;#61553;	en-route climb (cruise climb)\n&amp;#61553;	Climbing with flap down\n&amp;#61553;	recovery to normal climb\n&amp;#61553;	maximum angle of climb\n&amp;#61553;	use of instruments for precision\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship',1.0,2.0,11),(4728,163,0,'Flight 11 target Ex 8 Descending','Descending					\n	 \n&amp;#61553;	entry, maintaining and levelling off\n&amp;#61553;	levelling off at selected altitudes\n&amp;#61553;	glide, powered and cruise descent (including effect of power and airspeed)\n&amp;#61553;	side slipping (or suitable types)\n&amp;#61553;	use of instruments for precision flight\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship',1.0,2.0,12),(4729,163,0,'Flight 12 target Ex 9 Turning','Turning					\n 	\n&amp;#61553;	entry and maintaining medium level turns\n&amp;#61553;	resuming straight flight\n&amp;#61553;	faults in the turn - (in correct pitch, bank, balance)\n&amp;#61553;	climbing turns\n&amp;#61553;	descending turns\n&amp;#61553;	slipping turns (or suitable types)\n&amp;#61553;	turns onto selected headings, use of gyro heading indicator and compass\n&amp;#61553;	use of instruments for precision\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship',1.0,2.0,13),(4730,163,0,'Flight 13 target Ex 10A slow flight','slow flight						\n\nNOTE: The objective is to improve the student&amp;rsquo;s ability to recognize inadvertent flight at critically low speeds and provide practice in maintaining the aeroplane in balance while returning to normal airspeed.\n\n&amp;#61553;	Safety checks\n&amp;#61553;	Introduction to slow flight\n&amp;#61553;	Controlled flight down to critically slow airspeed\n&amp;#61553;	Application of full power with correct attitude and balance to achieve normal climb speed\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,14),(4731,163,0,'Flight 14 target Ex 10B Stalling','Stalling				\n 	\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship\n&amp;#61553;	Safety checks\n&amp;#61553;	Symptoms\n&amp;#61553;	Recognition\n&amp;#61553;	Clean stall and recovery without power and with power\n&amp;#61553;	Recovery when a wing drops\n&amp;#61553;	Approach to stall in the approach and in the landing configurations, with and without power, recovery at the incipient    stage',1.0,2.0,15),(4732,163,0,'Flight 15 target Ex 11 Spin avoidance','Spin avoidance		\n	 \n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship\n&amp;#61553;	Safety checks\n&amp;#61553;	Stalling and recovery at the incipient spin stage (stall with excessive wing drop, about 450ft)\n&amp;#61553;	Instructor induced distractions during the stall\n\nNOTE 1:  At least two hours of stall awareness and spin avoidance flight training shall be completed during the course. \nNOTE 2: consideration of maneuver limitations and the need to refer to the aeroplane manual and mass and balance calculations.\nNOTE 3:  (CIDRA special note) This exercise shall EXCLUSELIVELY be demonstrated in flight at or above 3000ft.\nFor spinning see NOTE 2.',1.0,2.0,16),(4733,163,0,'Flight 16 target Ex 12 Take-off and climb to downwind position','Take-off and climb to downwind position \n	\n&amp;#61553;	Pre-take-off checks\n&amp;#61553;	Into wind take-off\n&amp;#61553;	Safeguarding the nose wheel\n&amp;#61553;	Crosswind take-off\n&amp;#61553;	Drills during and after take-off\n&amp;#61553;	Short take-off and soft field procedure/techniques including performance  \n&amp;#61553;	calculations\n&amp;#61553;	Noise abatement procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,17),(4734,163,0,'Flight 17 target Ex 13 Circuit, approach and landing','Circuit, approach and landing			\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Circuit procedures, downwind, base leg\n&amp;#61553;	Powered approach and landing\n&amp;#61553;	Safeguarding the nose wheel\n&amp;#61553;	Effect of wind on approach and touchdown speeds, use of flaps\n&amp;#61553;	Crosswind approach and landing\n&amp;#61553;	Glide approach and landing\n&amp;#61553;	Short landing and soft field procedures/techniques ~- flapless approach and landing\n&amp;#61553;	Wheel landing (tail wheel aero planes)\n&amp;#61553;	Missed approach/go around\n&amp;#61553;	Noise abatement procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,18),(4735,163,0,'Flight 18 target Ex 12/13E Emergencies','Emergencies					\n\no	Abandoned take-off						\no	Engine failure after take-off					\no	Mislanding /go-around						\no	Missed approach',1.0,2.0,19),(4736,163,0,'Flight 19 target Ex 14 FIRST SOLO','First solo					\n\nInstructor&amp;rsquo;s briefing, observation of flight and de-briefing\n\nNOTE:	During flights immediately following the solo circuit consolidation the following should be revised.\n\n&amp;#61553;	Procedures for leaving and rejoining the circuit\n&amp;#61553;	The local area, restrictions, map reading\n&amp;#61553;	Use of radio aids for homing\n&amp;#61553;	Turns using magnetic compass, compass errors\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,20),(4737,163,0,'Flight 20 target Ex 15 Advanced turning','Advanced turning 				 	\n\n&amp;#61553;	Steep turns (45 degree.), level and descending\n&amp;#61553;	Stalling in the turn and recovery\n&amp;#61553;	Recoveries from unusual attitudes, including spiral dives\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,21),(4738,163,0,'Flight 21 target Ex 16 Precautionary landing operating at minimum level','Precautionary landing 			\n\n&amp;#61553;	Full procedure away from aerodrome to break-off height\n&amp;#61553;	Occasions necessitating\n&amp;#61553;	In-flight conditions\n&amp;#61553;	Landing area selection\n&amp;#61553;	Normal aerodrome\n&amp;#61553;	Disused aerodrome\n&amp;#61553;	Ordinary field\n&amp;#61553;	Circuit and approach\n&amp;#61553;	Actions after landing\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,22),(4739,163,0,'Flight 22 target Ex 17 Forced landing without power','Forced landing without power			\n\n&amp;#61553;	Forced landing procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Choice of landing area, provision for change of plan\n&amp;#61553;	Gliding distance\n&amp;#61553;	Descent plan\n&amp;#61553;	Key positions\n&amp;#61553;	Engine cooling\n&amp;#61553;	Engine failure checks\n&amp;#61553;	Use of radio\n&amp;#61553;	Base leg\n&amp;#61553;	Final approach\n&amp;#61553;	Landing\n&amp;#61553;	Actions after landing\n&amp;#61553;	Airmanship',1.0,2.0,23),(4740,163,0,'Flight 23 target Ex 18A Navigation','Navigation						\n\n&amp;#61553;	Flight planning\n&amp;#61553;	Weather forecast and actuals\n&amp;#61553;	Map selection and preparation\n&amp;#61553;	Choice of route\n&amp;#61553;	Controlled airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Danger, prohibited and restricted areas\n&amp;#61553;	Safety altitudes\n&amp;#61553;	Calculations\n&amp;#61553;	Magnetic heading(s) and time(s) en-route\n&amp;#61553;	Fuel consumption\n&amp;#61553;	Mass and balance\n&amp;#61553;	Mass and performance\n&amp;#61553;	Flight information \n&amp;#61553;	NOTAMS etc.\n&amp;#61553;	Radio frequencies\n&amp;#61553;	Selection of alternate aerodromes\n&amp;#61553;	Aero plane documentation \n&amp;#61553;	Notification of the flight \n&amp;#61553;	Pre-flight administrative procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Flight plan form\n&amp;#61553;	Departure \n\n \n&amp;#61553;	 Organization of cockpit workload\n&amp;#61553;	Departure procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Altimeter settings\n&amp;#61553;	ATC liaison in controlled/regulated airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Setting heading procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Noting of ETAs\n&amp;#61553;	Maintenance of altitude and heading\n&amp;#61553;	Revisions of ETA and heading\n&amp;#61553;	Log keeping\n&amp;#61553;	Use of radio\n&amp;#61553;	Use of navaids\n&amp;#61553;	Minimum weather conditions for continuation of flight\n&amp;#61553;	In-flight decisions\n&amp;#61553;	Transiting controlled/regulated airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Diversion procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Uncertainty of position procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Lost procedure\n&amp;#61553;	Arrival, aerodrome-joining procedure\n&amp;#61553;	ATC liaison in controlled/regulated airspace\n&amp;#61553;	Altimeter setting\n&amp;#61553;	Entering the traffic pattern\n&amp;#61553;	Circuit procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Parking\n&amp;#61553;	Security of aero plane\n&amp;#61553;	Refueling\n&amp;#61553;	Closing of flight plan, if appropriate\n&amp;#61553;	Post-flight administrative procedures\n\nUSE THIS ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR EX. 18A and 18 B',1.0,2.0,24),(4741,163,0,'Flight 24 target Ex 18B Navigation problems at lower levels and in reduced visibility','Navigation problems at lower levels and in reduced visibility 	\n								\n\n&amp;#61553;	Actions prior to descending\n&amp;#61553;	hasards (e.g. obstacles, and terrain)\n&amp;#61553;	Difficulties of map reading\n&amp;#61553;	Effects of wind and turbulence\n&amp;#61553;	Avoidance of noise sensitive areas\n&amp;#61553;	Joining the circuit\n&amp;#61553;	Bad weather circuit and landing',1.0,2.0,25),(4742,163,0,'SIMU Basic IF','',1.0,2.0,26),(4743,163,0,'SIMU Radio Navigation','',1.0,2.0,27),(4744,163,0,'SIMU IF and Radio Nav','introduce some failures (suction, alternator etc)',1.0,2.0,28),(4745,163,0,'SIMU approach EBKT','As more as possible make the safe return to base with use of NDB and DME and LOC',1.0,2.0,29),(4746,163,0,'Flight 25 target Ex 18C Radio navigation','Radio navigation				\n\n&amp;#61553;	Use of VHF Omni Range\n&amp;#61553;	Availability, AlP, frequencies\n&amp;#61553;	Selection and identification\n&amp;#61553;	Omni bearing selector (OBS)\n&amp;#61553;	To/from indications, orientation\n&amp;#61553;	course deviation indicator (CDI)\n&amp;#61553;	determination of radial\n&amp;#61553;	intercepting and maintaining a radial\n&amp;#61553;	VOR passage\n&amp;#61553;	obtaining a fix from two VORs\n	\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Use of automatic direction finding equipment (ADF) - non-directional beacons (NDBs)\n	\n&amp;#61553;	availability, AlP, frequencies\n&amp;#61553;	selection and identification\n&amp;#61553;	orientation relative to the beacon\n&amp;#61553;	homing\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Use of VHF direction finding (VHF/DF)\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Availability, AlP, frequencies\n&amp;#61553;	RIT procedures and ATO liaison\n&amp;#61553;	Obtaining a QDM and homing\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Use of en-route/terminal radar\n&amp;#61553;	Availability, AlP\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Procedures and ATC liaison\n&amp;#61553;	pilots responsibilities\n&amp;#61553;	secondary surveillance radar\n&amp;#61553;	transponders\n&amp;#61553;	code selection\n&amp;#61553;	interrogation and reply\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Use of distance measuring equipment (DME)\n	\n&amp;#61553;	station selection and identification\n&amp;#61553;	modes of operation\n&amp;#61553;	distance, groundspeed, time to run',1.0,2.0,31),(4747,163,0,'Flight 26 target Ex 19 Basic instrument flight','Basic instrument flight			\n\n&amp;#61553;	physiological sensations\n&amp;#61553;	instrument appreciation\n&amp;#61553;	attitude instrument flight\n&amp;#61553;	instrument limitations\n&amp;#61553;	airmanship\n&amp;#61553;	basic manoeuvres\n&amp;#61553;	straight and level at various airspeeds and configurations\n&amp;#61553;	climbing and descending\n&amp;#61553;	standard rate turns, climbing and descending, onto selected headings\n&amp;#61553;	recoveries from climbing and descending turns',1.0,2.0,32),(4748,163,0,'Flight SOLO NAVIGATION','',1.0,2.0,33),(4749,163,0,'Flight PROGRESS TEST and PAPERWORK','Progress test will be made by the CFI (or indicated FI) before the skill test appliance will be send to the Authority',1.0,2.0,36),(4750,163,0,'SKILL TEST PPL','Indicate the result of the skill test and Name of Examiner',1.0,2.0,37),(4751,165,0,'Radio Telephony','dfahdefbdbe',1.0,8.0,1),(4752,166,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,1),(4753,166,4752,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4754,166,4752,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4755,166,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,2),(4756,166,4755,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4757,166,4755,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(4758,166,4755,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(4759,166,4755,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4760,166,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,3),(4761,166,4760,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4762,166,4760,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(4763,166,4760,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(4764,166,4760,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(4765,166,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,4),(4766,166,4765,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(4767,166,4765,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(4768,166,4765,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(4769,166,4765,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4770,166,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,5),(4771,166,4770,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(4772,166,4770,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(4773,166,4770,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(4774,166,4770,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4775,166,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,6),(4776,166,4775,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4777,166,4775,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(4778,166,4775,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(4779,166,4775,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4780,166,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',2.5,3.5,7),(4781,166,4780,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4782,166,4780,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(4783,166,4780,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(4784,166,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(4785,166,4784,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4786,166,4784,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4787,166,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(4788,166,4787,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(4789,166,4787,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4790,166,4787,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4791,166,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(4792,166,4791,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4793,166,4791,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(4794,166,4791,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(4795,166,4791,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4796,166,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(4797,166,4796,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4798,166,4796,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(4799,166,4796,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(4800,166,4796,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4801,166,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(4802,166,4801,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(4803,166,4801,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(4804,166,4801,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(4805,166,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(4806,166,4805,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4807,166,4805,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(4808,166,4805,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(4809,166,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(4810,166,4809,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4811,166,4809,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4812,166,4809,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(4813,166,4809,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(4814,166,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(4815,166,4814,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4816,166,4814,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4817,166,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(4818,166,4817,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4819,166,4817,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4820,166,4817,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(4821,166,4817,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(4822,166,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(4823,166,4822,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4824,166,4822,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(4825,166,4822,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4826,166,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(4827,166,4826,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4828,166,4826,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4829,166,4826,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(4830,166,4826,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(4831,166,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(4832,166,4831,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(4833,166,4831,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4834,166,4831,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(4835,166,4831,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(4836,166,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(4837,166,4836,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(4838,166,4836,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(4839,166,4836,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(4840,166,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(4841,166,4840,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(4842,166,4840,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(4843,166,4840,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(4844,166,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(4845,166,4844,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(4847,166,0,'New Lesson Title','',1.0,2.0,23),(4848,167,0,'CD-1','Test description for CD-1',0.5,1.0,1),(4849,167,4848,'LOs','tst 2',1.0,2.0,1),(4850,168,0,'COD-2','',1.0,2.0,1),(4851,169,0,'CD-1','Test description for CD-1',0.5,1.0,1),(4852,169,4851,'LOs','tst 2',1.0,2.0,1),(4853,169,0,'CD-2','test 2',1.0,2.0,2),(4854,169,0,'CD-3','',1.0,2.0,3),(4855,170,0,'CD-1','Test description for CD-1',0.5,1.0,1),(4856,170,4855,'LOs','tst 2',1.0,2.0,1),(4857,171,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,1),(4858,171,4857,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4859,171,4857,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4860,171,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,2),(4861,171,4860,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4862,171,4860,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(4863,171,4860,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(4864,171,4860,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4865,171,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,3),(4866,171,4865,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4867,171,4865,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(4868,171,4865,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(4869,171,4865,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(4870,171,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,4),(4871,171,4870,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(4872,171,4870,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(4873,171,4870,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(4874,171,4870,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4875,171,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,5),(4876,171,4875,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(4877,171,4875,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(4878,171,4875,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(4879,171,4875,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4880,171,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,6),(4881,171,4880,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4882,171,4880,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(4883,171,4880,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(4884,171,4880,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4885,171,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',2.5,3.5,7),(4886,171,4885,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4887,171,4885,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(4888,171,4885,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(4889,171,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(4890,171,4889,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4891,171,4889,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4892,171,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(4893,171,4892,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(4894,171,4892,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4895,171,4892,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4896,171,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(4897,171,4896,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4898,171,4896,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(4899,171,4896,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(4900,171,4896,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4901,171,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(4902,171,4901,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4903,171,4901,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(4904,171,4901,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(4905,171,4901,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4906,171,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(4907,171,4906,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(4908,171,4906,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(4909,171,4906,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(4910,171,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(4911,171,4910,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4912,171,4910,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(4913,171,4910,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(4914,171,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(4915,171,4914,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4916,171,4914,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4917,171,4914,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(4918,171,4914,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(4919,171,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(4920,171,4919,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4921,171,4919,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4922,171,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(4923,171,4922,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4924,171,4922,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4925,171,4922,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(4926,171,4922,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(4927,171,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(4928,171,4927,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4929,171,4927,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(4930,171,4927,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4931,171,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(4932,171,4931,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4933,171,4931,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4934,171,4931,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(4935,171,4931,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(4936,171,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(4937,171,4936,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(4938,171,4936,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(4939,171,4936,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(4940,171,4936,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(4941,171,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(4942,171,4941,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(4943,171,4941,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(4944,171,4941,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(4945,171,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(4946,171,4945,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(4947,171,4945,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(4948,171,4945,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(4949,171,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(4950,171,4949,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(4951,172,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,1),(4952,172,4951,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4953,172,4951,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4954,172,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,2),(4955,172,4954,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4956,172,4954,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(4957,172,4954,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(4958,172,4954,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4959,172,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,3),(4960,172,4959,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4961,172,4959,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(4962,172,4959,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(4963,172,4959,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(4964,172,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,4),(4965,172,4964,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(4966,172,4964,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(4967,172,4964,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(4968,172,4964,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4969,172,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,5),(4970,172,4969,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(4971,172,4969,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(4972,172,4969,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(4973,172,4969,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4974,172,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,6),(4975,172,4974,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4976,172,4974,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(4977,172,4974,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(4978,172,4974,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(4979,172,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',2.5,3.5,7),(4980,172,4979,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(4981,172,4979,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(4982,172,4979,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(4983,172,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(4984,172,4983,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(4985,172,4983,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(4986,172,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(4987,172,4986,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(4988,172,4986,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(4989,172,4986,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(4990,172,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(4991,172,4990,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4992,172,4990,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(4993,172,4990,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(4994,172,4990,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(4995,172,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(4996,172,4995,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(4997,172,4995,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(4998,172,4995,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(4999,172,4995,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5000,172,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(5001,172,5000,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(5002,172,5000,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5003,172,5000,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5004,172,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(5005,172,5004,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5006,172,5004,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5007,172,5004,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(5008,172,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(5009,172,5008,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5010,172,5008,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5011,172,5008,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5012,172,5008,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5013,172,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(5014,172,5013,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5015,172,5013,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5016,172,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(5017,172,5016,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5018,172,5016,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5019,172,5016,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5020,172,5016,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5021,172,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(5022,172,5021,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5023,172,5021,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5024,172,5021,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5025,172,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(5026,172,5025,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5027,172,5025,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5028,172,5025,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5029,172,5025,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(5030,172,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(5031,172,5030,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(5032,172,5030,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5033,172,5030,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5034,172,5030,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(5035,172,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(5036,172,5035,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(5037,172,5035,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5038,172,5035,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5039,172,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(5040,172,5039,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(5041,172,5039,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(5042,172,5039,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(5043,172,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(5044,172,5043,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(5046,172,4951,'New Section Title','',1.0,2.0,3),(5047,173,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,1),(5048,173,5047,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5049,173,5047,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5050,173,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,2),(5051,173,5050,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5052,173,5050,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5053,173,5050,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5054,173,5050,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5055,173,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,3),(5056,173,5055,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5057,173,5055,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(5058,173,5055,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(5059,173,5055,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(5060,173,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,4),(5061,173,5060,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5062,173,5060,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(5063,173,5060,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(5064,173,5060,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5065,173,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,5),(5066,173,5065,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5067,173,5065,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5068,173,5065,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5069,173,5065,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5070,173,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,6),(5071,173,5070,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5072,173,5070,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(5073,173,5070,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5074,173,5070,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5075,173,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',2.5,3.5,7),(5076,173,5075,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5077,173,5075,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(5078,173,5075,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(5079,173,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(5080,173,5079,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5081,173,5079,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5082,173,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(5083,173,5082,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(5084,173,5082,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5085,173,5082,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5086,173,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(5087,173,5086,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5088,173,5086,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(5089,173,5086,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(5090,173,5086,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5091,173,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(5092,173,5091,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5093,173,5091,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(5094,173,5091,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(5095,173,5091,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5096,173,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(5097,173,5096,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(5098,173,5096,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5099,173,5096,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5100,173,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(5101,173,5100,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5102,173,5100,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5103,173,5100,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(5104,173,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(5105,173,5104,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5106,173,5104,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5107,173,5104,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5108,173,5104,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5109,173,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(5110,173,5109,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5111,173,5109,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5112,173,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(5113,173,5112,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5114,173,5112,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5115,173,5112,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5116,173,5112,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5117,173,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(5118,173,5117,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5119,173,5117,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5120,173,5117,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5121,173,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(5122,173,5121,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5123,173,5121,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5124,173,5121,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5125,173,5121,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(5126,173,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(5127,173,5126,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(5128,173,5126,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5129,173,5126,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5130,173,5126,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(5131,173,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(5132,173,5131,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(5133,173,5131,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5134,173,5131,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5135,173,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(5136,173,5135,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(5137,173,5135,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(5138,173,5135,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(5139,173,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(5140,173,5139,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(5141,174,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,1),(5142,174,5141,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5143,174,5141,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5144,174,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,2),(5145,174,5144,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5146,174,5144,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5147,174,5144,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5148,174,5144,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5149,174,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,3),(5150,174,5149,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5151,174,5149,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(5152,174,5149,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(5153,174,5149,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(5154,174,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,4),(5155,174,5154,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5156,174,5154,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(5157,174,5154,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(5158,174,5154,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5159,174,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,5),(5160,174,5159,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5161,174,5159,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5162,174,5159,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5163,174,5159,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5164,174,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,6),(5165,174,5164,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5166,174,5164,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(5167,174,5164,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5168,174,5164,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5169,174,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',2.5,3.5,7),(5170,174,5169,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5171,174,5169,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(5172,174,5169,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(5173,174,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(5174,174,5173,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5175,174,5173,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5176,174,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(5177,174,5176,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(5178,174,5176,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5179,174,5176,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5180,174,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(5181,174,5180,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5182,174,5180,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(5183,174,5180,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(5184,174,5180,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5185,174,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(5186,174,5185,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5187,174,5185,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(5188,174,5185,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(5189,174,5185,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5190,174,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(5191,174,5190,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(5192,174,5190,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5193,174,5190,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5194,174,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(5195,174,5194,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5196,174,5194,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5197,174,5194,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(5198,174,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(5199,174,5198,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5200,174,5198,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5201,174,5198,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5202,174,5198,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5203,174,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(5204,174,5203,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5205,174,5203,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5206,174,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(5207,174,5206,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5208,174,5206,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5209,174,5206,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5210,174,5206,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5211,174,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(5212,174,5211,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5213,174,5211,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5214,174,5211,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5215,174,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(5216,174,5215,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5217,174,5215,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5218,174,5215,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5219,174,5215,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(5220,174,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(5221,174,5220,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(5222,174,5220,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5223,174,5220,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5224,174,5220,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(5225,174,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(5226,174,5225,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(5227,174,5225,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5228,174,5225,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5229,174,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(5230,174,5229,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(5231,174,5229,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(5232,174,5229,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(5233,174,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(5234,174,5233,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(5235,175,0,'Night Familiarisation &amp; Night Navigation 1','',1.5,2.0,1),(5236,175,5235,'Night Familiarisation','To familiarise the student with the night flying environment.',1.0,2.0,1),(5237,176,0,'Effects of Controls 1','',1.0,1.0,1),(5238,176,0,'Effects of Controls 2','',1.0,1.0,2),(5239,176,0,'Straight &amp; Level 1','',1.0,1.0,3),(5240,176,0,'Straight &amp; Level 2','',1.0,1.0,4),(5241,176,0,'Climbing &amp; Descending 1 / Turning 1','',1.5,1.5,5),(5242,176,0,'Climbing &amp; Descending 2 / Turning 2','',1.0,1.0,6),(5243,176,0,'Stalling 1','',1.0,1.0,7),(5244,176,0,'Stalling 2','',1.5,1.5,8),(5245,176,0,'Circuits 1','',1.0,1.0,9),(5246,176,0,'Circuits 2','',1.0,1.0,10),(5247,176,0,'Progress Test 1','',0.5,1.0,11),(5248,176,0,'First Solo','',0.0,0.5,12),(5249,176,0,'Circuit Consolidation 1','',1.0,1.0,13),(5250,176,0,'Circuit Consolidation Solo 1','',0.5,0.5,14),(5251,176,0,'Circuit Consolidation 2','',0.5,1.0,15),(5252,176,0,'Circuit Consolidation Solo 2','',0.5,1.0,16),(5253,176,0,'Circuit Consolidation Solo 3','',1.0,1.0,17),(5254,176,0,'Advanced Turning / GH Revision','',1.0,1.0,18),(5255,176,0,'PFLs','',1.0,1.0,19),(5256,176,0,'GH Revision','',1.0,1.0,20),(5257,176,0,'GH Solo 1','',1.0,1.0,21),(5258,176,0,'GH Solo 2','',1.0,1.0,22),(5259,176,0,'Navigation 1','',1.5,1.5,23),(5260,176,0,'Navigation 2','',1.5,1.5,24),(5261,176,0,'Progress Test 2','',1.0,1.0,25),(5262,176,0,'Navigation Solo 1','',1.0,1.0,26),(5263,176,0,'Navigation 4','',1.5,1.5,27),(5264,176,0,'Navigation Solo 2','',1.0,1.0,28),(5265,176,0,'GH Revision','',1.0,1.0,29),(5266,176,0,'GH Solo 3','',1.0,1.0,30),(5267,176,0,'Navigation 5','',1.5,1.5,31),(5268,176,0,'Navigation 6','',1.5,1.5,32),(5269,176,0,'Navigation Solo 3','',1.5,1.5,33),(5270,176,0,'Instrument Flight 1','',1.0,1.0,34),(5271,176,0,'Navigation 7','',1.0,1.0,35),(5272,176,0,'Navigation 8','',1.5,1.5,36),(5273,176,0,'Instrument Flight 2 / GH Revision','',1.0,1.0,37),(5274,176,0,'GH Solo 4','',1.0,1.0,38),(5275,176,0,'PPL Cross Country Solo','',3.0,3.0,39),(5276,176,0,'Progress Test 3','',1.5,1.5,40),(5277,177,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight around Downtown Lansing and Michigan State University and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight!',2.0,2.0,1),(5278,177,5277,'Procedures','Sporty&#039;s Pilot Maneuver Guide Explained\nUse of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff \nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5279,177,5277,'Completion Standards','- Conduct an appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5280,177,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.\n\nComplete Lesson 1 &amp; 2 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',2.0,2.5,2),(5281,177,5280,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5282,177,5280,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5283,177,5280,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5284,177,5280,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5285,177,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.\n\nComplete Lesson 3 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.5,2.5,3),(5286,177,5285,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5287,177,5285,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(5288,177,5285,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(5289,177,5285,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(5290,177,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.\n\nComplete Lesson 4 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.5,2.5,4),(5291,177,5290,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5292,177,5290,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(5293,177,5290,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(5294,177,5290,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5295,177,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.\n\nComplete Lesson 5 &amp; 6 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.0,5),(5296,177,5295,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5297,177,5295,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5298,177,5295,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5299,177,5295,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5300,177,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.\n\nComplete Lesson 7 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.0,6),(5301,177,5300,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5302,177,5300,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(5303,177,5300,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5304,177,5300,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5305,177,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.\n\nComplete Lesson 8 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',2.5,3.5,7),(5306,177,5305,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5307,177,5305,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(5308,177,5305,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(5309,177,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.\n\nComplete Lesson 9 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.5,8),(5310,177,5309,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5311,177,5309,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5312,177,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(5313,177,5312,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(5314,177,5312,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5315,177,5312,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5316,177,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.\n\nComplete Lesson 10 &amp; 11 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.0,10),(5317,177,5316,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5318,177,5316,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(5319,177,5316,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(5320,177,5316,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5321,177,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.\n\nComplete Lesson 12 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.0,11),(5322,177,5321,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5323,177,5321,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(5324,177,5321,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(5325,177,5321,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5326,177,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)\n\nComplete Lesson 13 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.0,12),(5327,177,5326,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(5328,177,5326,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5329,177,5326,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5330,177,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)\n\nComplete Lesson 14 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.5,2.5,13),(5331,177,5330,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures\n\nComplete Lesson 11 http://www.ascentgroundschool.com/',1.0,2.0,1),(5332,177,5330,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5333,177,5330,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(5334,177,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(5335,177,5334,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5336,177,5334,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5337,177,5334,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5338,177,5334,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5339,177,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(5340,177,5339,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5341,177,5339,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5342,177,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(5343,177,5342,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5344,177,5342,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5345,177,5342,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5346,177,5342,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5347,177,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(5348,177,5347,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5349,177,5347,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5350,177,5347,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5351,177,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(5352,177,5351,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5353,177,5351,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5354,177,5351,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5355,177,5351,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(5356,177,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(5357,177,5356,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(5358,177,5356,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5359,177,5356,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5360,177,5356,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(5361,177,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(5362,177,5361,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(5363,177,5361,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5364,177,5361,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5365,177,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(5366,177,5365,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(5367,177,5365,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(5368,177,5365,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(5369,177,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(5370,177,5369,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(5371,178,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,1),(5372,178,5371,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5373,178,5371,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5374,178,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,2),(5375,178,5374,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5376,178,5374,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5377,178,5374,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5378,178,5374,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5379,178,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,3),(5380,178,5379,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5381,178,5379,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(5382,178,5379,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(5383,178,5379,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(5384,178,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,4),(5385,178,5384,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5386,178,5384,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(5387,178,5384,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(5388,178,5384,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5389,178,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,5),(5390,178,5389,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5391,178,5389,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5392,178,5389,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5393,178,5389,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5394,178,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,6),(5395,178,5394,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5396,178,5394,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(5397,178,5394,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5398,178,5394,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5399,178,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',0.5,5.5,7),(5400,178,5399,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5401,178,5399,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(5402,178,5399,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(5403,178,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,8),(5404,178,5403,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5405,178,5403,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5406,178,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,9),(5407,178,5406,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(5408,178,5406,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5409,178,5406,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5410,178,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(5411,178,5410,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5412,178,5410,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(5413,178,5410,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(5414,178,5410,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5415,178,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,11),(5416,178,5415,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5417,178,5415,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(5418,178,5415,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(5419,178,5415,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5420,178,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,12),(5421,178,5420,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(5422,178,5420,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5423,178,5420,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5424,178,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,13),(5425,178,5424,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5426,178,5424,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5427,178,5424,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(5428,178,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,14),(5429,178,5428,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5430,178,5428,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5431,178,5428,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5432,178,5428,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5433,178,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,15),(5434,178,5433,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5435,178,5433,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5436,178,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,16),(5437,178,5436,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5438,178,5436,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5439,178,5436,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5440,178,5436,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5441,178,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,17),(5442,178,5441,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5443,178,5441,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5444,178,5441,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5445,178,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,18),(5446,178,5445,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5447,178,5445,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5448,178,5445,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5449,178,5445,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(5450,178,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,19),(5451,178,5450,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(5452,178,5450,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5453,178,5450,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5454,178,5450,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(5455,178,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,20),(5456,178,5455,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(5457,178,5455,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5458,178,5455,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5459,178,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,21),(5460,178,5459,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(5461,178,5459,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(5462,178,5459,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(5463,178,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,22),(5464,178,5463,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(5465,179,0,'Discovery Flight','This is your first flight lesson. We will take a short flight to a nearby airport and back, and explore how great flying is. Get ready, because you will be at the controls for most of the flight.',0.5,1.5,2),(5466,179,5465,'Procedures','Use of Checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff\nClimbs and Descents\nStraight and Level\nLevel Turns\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5467,179,5465,'Completion Standards','- Conduct and appropriate preflight inspection with the aid of your flight instructor and the airplane&#039;s preflight checklist. Determine if the airplane is in airworthy condition.\n- Taxi the airplane from the ramp area to the runway and back with the aid of your flight instructor.\n- Manipulate the controls in the air with the aid of your flight instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5468,179,0,'Fundamentals of Flight','The four fundamentals of flight are as follows:\n1. Straight and Level\n2. Climbs\n3. Descents\n4. Turns\nWhen you fly an airplane, you are performing one or a combination of these.',1.0,2.0,3),(5469,179,5468,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5470,179,5468,'New Procedures','*Aeronautical decision making (will be practiced throughout this course, even if not included in the syllabus)\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nConstant airspeed climbs\nCollision Avoidance\nLeveling off at desired altitude\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nShallow and Medium Turns\nConstant airspeed descents\nTurning Climbs and Turning Descents\nTurns to headings\nCross checking instrument indications during flight maneuvers\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5471,179,5468,'Completion Standards','- Use the airplane checklist to preflight the airplane, start the engine, taxi, and conduct pre-takeoff checks.\n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind takeoff(s) and climb.\n- Satisfactorily be able to maintain altitude and heading during straight and level flight; make smooth and coordinated turns, climbs, and descents. \n- With the aid of your flight instructor, satisfactorily conduct normal/crosswind approach(es) and landing.\n- Use the airplane checklist to conduct after landing, taxi, shutdown, and securing procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5472,179,5468,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5473,179,0,'Slow Flight and Stalls','Slow flight is fundamental to a good approach and landing, so this lesson is a very important building block to future lessons. You will also learn and practice recoveries from stalls.',1.5,2.5,4),(5474,179,5473,'Review','Use of checklist\nPreflight Inspection\nEngine Start\nTaxiing\nPre-Takeoff Checks\nNormal Takeoff and Climb\nStraight and Level Flight\nClimbs and Descents\nNormal Approach and Landing\nAfter Landing Procedures\nParking and Shutdown Procedures\nSecuring the Airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5475,179,5473,'New Procedures','Positioning the flight controls during taxi\nFlight at various airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower Off Stalls\nPower On Stalls\nSecondary Stalls (Demonstrated by Instructor)\nLeft turning tendencies',1.0,2.0,2),(5476,179,5473,'Completion Standards','- Recognize wind conditions and apply the proper control deflections during taxi.\n- Maintain altitude and heading (or as directed by your instructor) during slow flight.\n- Satisfactorily recover from power off and power on stalls.',1.0,2.0,3),(5477,179,5473,'Practical Test Standards','*Slow Flight:\n- Selects an entry altitude that will allow the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains the specified altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; airspeed, +10/&amp;minus;0 knots; and specified angle of bank, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n*Stalls:\n- Selects an entry altitude that allows the task to be completed no lower than 1,500 feet (460 meters) AGL.\n- Maintains a specified heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, in straight flight; maintains a specified angle of bank not to exceed 20&amp;deg;, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;; in turning flight, while inducing the stall.\n- Accelerates to VX or VY speed before the final flap retraction; returns to the altitude, heading, and airspeed specified by the examiner.',1.0,2.0,4),(5478,179,0,'Ground Reference Maneuvers','During ground reference maneuvers, you will become more familiar with the wind, and how the airplane reacts in relation to it. To properly conduct these maneuvers, you will need to maintain an acceptable ground track while dividing your attention between inside and outside of the cockpit.',1.5,2.5,5),(5479,179,5478,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5480,179,5478,'New Procedures','Rectangular Course\nTurns Around a Point\nS-Turns',1.0,2.0,2),(5481,179,5478,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete the ground reference maneuvers while dividing your attention between inside of the cockpit, ground reference, and collision hazards while correcting for wind drift.',1.0,2.0,3),(5482,179,5478,'Practical Test Standards','* Rectangular Course:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter a left or right pattern, 600 to 1,000 feet AGL (180 to 300 meters) at an appropriate distance from the selected reference area, 45&amp;deg; to the downwind leg.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* Turns Around a Point:\n- Plans the maneuver so as to enter left or right at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, at an appropriate distance from the reference point.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n\n* S-Turns\n-Plans the maneuver so as to enter at 600 to 1,000 feet (180 to 300 meters) AGL, perpendicular to the selected reference line.\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters); maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5483,179,0,'More Takeoffs and Landings','For this flight, we will be remaining in the traffic pattern conducting touch and go&#039;s.',1.0,2.0,6),(5484,179,5483,'Review','Normal takeoff and climb\nNormal aproach and landing\nFlight in the airport traffic pattern\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications',1.0,2.0,1),(5485,179,5483,'New Procedures','Cross Wind Takeoff and Climb\nCross Wind Approach and Landing\nGo Arounds\nForward Slips to Landing\nWake turbulence precautions and avoidance\nWind shear avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5486,179,5483,'Completion Standards','- Complete normal/crosswind takeoffs and climbs, and approaches and landings satisfactorily. \n- Satisfactorily maneuver and configure the airplane in the traffic pattern, demonstrating stall/spin awareness, collision awareness, wake turbulence avoidance, and wind shear avoidance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5487,179,5483,'Practical Test Standards','*Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed and accelerates to VY.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain VY +10/-5 knots.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after a positive rate of climb is established.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence, not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 400 feet (120 meters) beyond a specified point, with no drift, and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5488,179,0,'Steep Turns and Emergency Procedures','Steep turns teach you better coordination and control of the airplane while dividing your attention between outside and inside of the airplane. By practicing emergency procedures, you will become more confident in your abilities to handle a real emergency if it presents itself.',1.0,2.0,7),(5489,179,5488,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5490,179,5488,'New Procedures','Steep Turns\nEmergency Procedures (engine failure, fire, emergency descent)\nRadio communications (with aid of instructor)',1.0,2.0,2),(5491,179,5488,'Completion Standards','Complete a series of steep turns, both to the left and to the right.\nSatisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the proper procedures after a simulated engine failure, engine/electrical fire, emergency descent, and emergency landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5492,179,5488,'Practical Test Standards','* Steep Turns:\n- Rolls into a coordinated 360&amp;deg; turn; maintains a 45&amp;deg; bank. Performs the task in the opposite direction, as specified by the examiner.\n- Divides attention between airplane control and orientation.\n- Maintains the entry altitude, &amp;plusmn;100 feet (30 meters), airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots, bank, &amp;plusmn;5&amp;deg;; and rolls out on the entry heading, &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.\n* Emergency Approach and Landing:\n- Establishes and maintains the recommended best-glide airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5493,179,0,'Prepare for Solo Flight','We will use this time go over anything that has not been understood or covered up to this point. In addition, you will take you pre-solo written test.',2.5,3.5,8),(5494,179,5493,'Review','Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5495,179,5493,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when both the student and instructor feel comfortable and confident that the student is ready to move forwards with the next stages of training (solo).',1.0,2.0,2),(5496,179,5493,'Pre-Solo Written Test FAR 61.87(b)','Applicable Sections of FAR Part 61 and 91\nAirspace rules and procedures for the airport in which solo flight will take place\nFlight characteristics and operational limitations of the airplane used for solo',1.0,2.0,3),(5497,179,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.5,9),(5498,179,5497,'Stage Check','Preflight preparation and preflight inspection\nStartup\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff checks (runup)\nNormal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb\nFlight at Various Airspeeds (with realistic distractions)\nSlow Flight\nPower On Stalls\nPower Off Stalls\nSteep Turns\nEmergency Procedures\nGround Reference Maneuvers\nNormal and Crosswind Approach and Landing\nGo-Around\nForward Slip to Landing\nAfter landing procedures\nShutdown and securing airplane',1.0,2.0,1),(5499,179,5497,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5500,179,0,'First Solo FAR 61.109(a)(5)(iii)','Congratulations, you are about to solo. You will be using everything you have learned up to this point for this lesson. After receiving the appropriate endorsements from your instructor, you will be in the airplane by yourself for the first time. You will be required to complete at least 3 takeoffs and landings (with flight in the traffic pattern), or as directed by your instructor.\n\nMake sure you wear an old shirt.',1.0,2.0,10),(5501,179,5500,'Review','Use of Checklists\nPreflight procedures\nStartup procedures\nRadio Communications\nTaxi\nPre-takeoff procedures\nNormal or crosswind takeoff(s)\nNormal or crosswind landing(s)\nAirport traffic pattern\nCollision avoidance',1.0,2.0,1),(5502,179,5500,'First Solo','Remaining in the aiport traffic pattern, conduct 3 takeoffs and landings (to a full stop), or as directed by your instructor.',1.0,2.0,2),(5503,179,5500,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and without the aid of your instructor, complete 3 takeoffs and landings while remaining in the airport traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5504,179,0,'Performance Takeoffs and Landings','Congratulations on your first solo and welcome to the cross country phase of your flight training. \n\nDuring your cross country training and after you earn your private pilot certificate, you will be flying to new and exotic locations. At some point you are bound to encounter an unusual runway, one that may be short or has a soft surface, or a combination of both. For this reason, it is important that you become familiar with the execution of performance takeoff and landing procedures.',1.0,2.0,11),(5505,179,5504,'Review','Go-around\nCollision avoidance\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5506,179,5504,'New Procedures','Soft field takeoff\nSoft field landing\nShort field takeoff\nShort field landing\nClimbs at best angle of climb speed\nClimbs at best rate of climb speed',1.0,2.0,2),(5507,179,5504,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of flight instructor, complete short/soft field takeoffs and landings.',1.0,2.0,3),(5508,179,5504,'Practical Test Standards','* Soft Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the lowest possible airspeed and remains in ground effect while accelerating to VX or VY, as appropriate.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude for VX or VY, as appropriate, and maintains selected airspeed +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by the manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VX or VY +10/-5 knots to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n* Soft Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n* Short Field Takeoff and Climb\n- Lifts off at the recommended airspeed, and accelerates to the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed or VX.\n- Establishes a pitch attitude that will maintain the recommended obstacle clearance airspeed, or VX,+10/-5 knots, until the obstacle is cleared, or until the airplane is 50 feet (20 meters) above the surface.\n- After clearing the obstacle, establishes the pitch attitude for VY, accelerates to VY, and maintains VY, +10/-5 knots, during the climb.\n- Retracts the landing gear, if appropriate, and flaps after clear of any obstacles or as recommended by manufacturer.\n- Maintains takeoff power and VY +10/-5 to a safe maneuvering altitude.\n*Short Field Approach and Landing\n- Maintains a stabilized approach and recommended approach airspeed, or in its absence not more than 1.3 VSO, +10/-5 knots, with wind gust factor applied.\n- Touches down at or within 200 feet (60 meters) beyond a specified point, with no side drift, minimum float and with the airplane&#039;s longitudinal axis aligned with and over the runway center/landing path.',1.0,2.0,4),(5509,179,0,'Flight by Reference To Instruments FAR 61.109(a)(3)','During this lesson, you will be using a view limiting device (for dual training only) and flying the airplane solely by reference to instruments.',1.0,2.0,12),(5510,179,5509,'Review','Normal Takeoff and Climb\nNormal Approach and Landing\nCollision Avoidance\nRadio communications\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5511,179,5509,'New Procedures','Straight and Level Flight (IR)\nClimbs/Descents (Constant Airspeed) (IR)\nTurns to Headings and Standard Rate Turns (IR)\nUnusual Attitude Recoveries (IR)',1.0,2.0,2),(5512,179,5509,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily control the airplane by reference to instruments and recover from nose high and nose low unusual attitudes.',1.0,2.0,3),(5513,179,5509,'Practical Test Standards','* Straight and Level Flight:\n- Maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; and airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Constant Airspeed Climbs and Descents:\n- Levels off at the assigned altitude and maintains that altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains heading, &amp;plusmn;20&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.\n* Turns to Headings\n- Demonstrates turns to headings solely by reference to instruments; maintains altitude, &amp;plusmn;200 feet (60 meters); maintains a standard rate turn and rolls out on the assigned heading, &amp;plusmn; 10&amp;deg;; maintains airspeed, &amp;plusmn;10 knots.',1.0,2.0,4),(5514,179,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,13),(5515,179,5514,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSteep turns\nRectangular course\nTurn around a point\nS-Turns\nTraffic pattern',1.0,2.0,1),(5516,179,5514,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5517,179,5514,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5518,179,0,'Navigation','Being able to navigate, whether visually or radio navigation, is a skill essential to you as an aviator.\nThis lesson also complies with 61.109(a)(3)',1.5,2.5,14),(5519,179,5518,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and landing\nFlight by reference to instruments\nEmergency procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5520,179,5518,'New Procedures','Pilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of radios for VFR navigation (VOR/NDB)\nBasic use of GPS (if applicable)\nLost procedures and diversion to alternate\nPower off stalls (IR)\nPower on stalls (IR)\nTerrain collision avoidance',1.0,2.0,2),(5521,179,5518,'Completion Standards','- Satisfactorily plot and navigate a course using a navigation chart (pilotage and dead reckoning), navigate inbound and/or outbound on a navigation station (VOR/NDB) course, use the GPS direct-to feature (if applicable).\n- Satisfactorily and promptly (according to a scenario presented), divert to and navigate to an alternate airport.\n- Conduct lost procedures (climb, communicate,confess, comply)\n- Demonstrate recovery from stalls (power on/off) while wearing a view limiting device.',1.0,2.0,3),(5522,179,0,'Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(1)','Congratulations. You are about to embark on your first cross country flight. Enjoy!',2.5,3.5,15),(5523,179,5522,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5524,179,5522,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5525,179,5522,'Dual Cross Country','This flight will be performed with your instructor to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5526,179,5522,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5527,179,0,'Stage Check','A stage check is ground and flight training conducted with a flight instructor other than your regular instructor. This is to get an objective point of view of your knowledge and skills, and the quality of training your instructor is providing you with.',1.0,2.0,16),(5528,179,5527,'Stage Check','Short field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5529,179,5527,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when the maneuvers and procedures prescribed have been completed satisfactorily.',1.0,2.0,2),(5530,179,0,'Cross Country (Solo) FAR 61.109(a)(5)(i)','',2.5,3.5,17),(5531,179,5530,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5532,179,5530,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5533,179,5530,'First Solo Cross Country','This flight will be performed solo to an airport at least 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,3),(5534,179,5530,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily plan and complete a cross country flight to an airport located more than 50nm from the departure airport and back.',1.0,2.0,4),(5535,179,0,'Night Flight FAR 61.109(a)(2)(ii)','',1.0,2.0,18),(5536,179,5535,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing',1.0,2.0,1),(5537,179,5535,'New Procedures and Concepts','Required instruments and equipment for VFR flight at night\nNight physiology during flight\nNight flight preparation and preflight\nNight taxi\nNight takeoff and climb\nNight flight in the traffic pattern\nNight approach and landing',1.0,2.0,2),(5538,179,5535,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete at least 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop, with each involving a flight in the traffic pattern.',1.0,2.0,3),(5539,179,0,'Long Cross Country (Solo) 61.109(a)(5)(ii)','',2.5,3.5,19),(5540,179,5539,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nCollision avoidance\nTerrain collision avoidance\nRadio communications\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nUse of navigation facilities\nLost procedures',1.0,2.0,1),(5541,179,5539,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5542,179,5539,'Long Solo Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight  of at least 150nm total distance, with full stop landings at 3 points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight line distance of more than 50nm between takeoff and landing.',1.0,2.0,3),(5543,179,5539,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete long cross country flight.',1.0,2.0,4),(5544,179,0,'Night Cross Country (Dual) FAR 61.109(a)(2)(i)','This flight also complies with FAR 61.109(a)(1)',2.0,3.5,20),(5545,179,5544,'Review','',1.0,2.0,1),(5546,179,5544,'Prepare for the Flight','Begin checking the weather several days before the flight.\n\n\nThe night before the flight, conduct a thorough flight planning that includes:\n\n- Weather (Call 1-800-WXBrief [Get an outlook briefing])\n- Runway Lengths\n- Airplane Performance\n- Route of Flight (including altitudes)\n- Amount of Fuel needed and fuel on board.\n\nBefore departing on the flight, both you and your instructor will go over your flight planning and make corrections (if any).\n\n- Get the latest weather (1-800-WXBrief [Get a standard briefing])\n- File the flight plan',1.0,2.0,2),(5547,179,5544,'Night Cross Country','Conduct a cross country flight at night (between the hours of sunset and sunrise), of at least 100nm total distance.',1.0,2.0,3),(5548,179,5544,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily and with the aid of your flight instructor, complete the night cross country.',1.0,2.0,4),(5549,179,0,'Solo Flight','During the lesson, you will be taking the airplane on your own to sharpen up all the skills you have built up to this point. Flying solo will build your confidence for the upcoming solo cross country flights.\nThis flight is in compliance with FAR 61.109(a)(5)',1.0,2.0,21),(5550,179,5549,'Review','Normal and crosswind takeoff and climb\nNormal and crosswind approach and landing\nSoft field takeoff and climb\nSoft field approach and landing\nShort field takeoff and climb\nShort field approach and landing\nConstant airspeed climbs and descents\nTurns to headings\nSteep turns\nTurns around a point\nS-turns\nSlow flight\nPower off stalls\nPower on stalls\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nRadio communication and navigation (VOR/ADF/GPS)',1.0,2.0,1),(5551,179,5549,'Solo Flight','Conduct a flight on your own and practice procedures and maneuvers learned up to this point (with the exception of flight by reference to instruments), or as directed by your instructor.\nMeet with your instructor to discuss the flight more in detail prior to departing.',1.0,2.0,2),(5552,179,5549,'Completion Standards','Satisfactorily complete a solo flight.',1.0,2.0,3),(5553,179,0,'Practical Test Preparation FAR 61.109(a)(4)','This lesson has to be conducted within 2 calendar months preceding the month of your practical test. It could also be broken up into more than one lesson, but  they need to equal at least 3 hours of flight training in preparation for practical test.',2.0,4.0,22),(5554,179,5553,'Review','Review all maneuvers and procedures learned up to this point.',1.0,2.0,1),(5555,179,5553,'Completion Standards','This lesson is complete when at least 3 hours of flight training have been conducted, and you and your flight instructor are confident that you are ready to continue towards the next step, the FAA Practical Test.',1.0,2.0,2),(5556,179,5553,'Checkride Preparation','With the aid of your instructor, be sure to complete your IACRA/FAA 8710 Form.',1.0,2.0,3),(5557,179,0,'FAA Practical Test','Congratulations!!! Your energy and perseverance have paid off. You have made it up to this point, and you are ready to finally become a certificated pilot. Good luck!',3.0,4.0,23),(5558,179,5557,'Materials to Bring to the Checkride','ACCEPTABLE AIRCRAFT\n\nAircraft Documents:\n- Airworthiness Certificate\n- Registration Certificate\n- Operating Limitations\n\nAircraft Maintenance Records:\n- Logbook Record of Airworthiness Inspections and AD Compliance\n- Pilot&#039;s Operating Handbook, FAA-Approved Airplane Flight Manual\n\nPERSONAL EQUIPMENT\n- View-Limiting Device\n- Current Aeronautical Charts\n- Computer and Plotter\n- Flight Plan Form\n- Flight Logs\n- Current AIM, Airport Facility Directory, and Appropriate Publications\n\nPERSONAL RECORDS\n- Identification&amp;mdash;Photo/Signature ID\n- Pilot Certificate\n- Current and Appropriate Medical Certificate\n- Completed FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application with Instructor&amp;rsquo;s Signature (If applicable)\n- Computer Test Report\n- Pilot Logbook with appropriate Instructor Endorsements\n- FAA Form 8060-5, Notice of Disapproval (if applicable)\n- Approved School Graduation Certificate (if applicable)\n- Examiner&amp;rsquo;s Fee (if applicable)\n\nBRING A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PILOT PTS',1.0,2.0,2),(5559,179,0,'GL 1: Introduction To Aviation','',1.0,2.0,1),(5560,179,5559,'New Section Title','',1.0,2.0,1),(5561,155,0,'Pre Entry and documents','Please fill in and provide copies of relevant documents as indicated in REC 11.\n\nPrior starting the course the approval of the candidate MUST be given by the BCAA within 28 day&#039;s after application.',1.0,2.0,1),(5562,155,0,'Theory Day 1 Session 2','TKI: De Corte D., Den Hollander E., Lavaert L., Poelman D.\n\nRefer to syllabus 11.01\n\noperational requirements and related AMCs and GM relevant to their duties; \n\nnational requirements relevant to their examination duties;',2.5,3.0,4),(5563,155,0,'Theory Day 2 Session 5','TKI: Dardenne P., De Corte D., Den Hollander E., Lavaert L., Poelman D.\n\nmanagement system of ATOs; \n\nMCC, human performance and limitations, if applicable.\n\nExaminers should also be briefed on the protection requirements for personal data, liability, accident insurance and fees, as applicable in the member state concerned',2.5,3.0,7),(5564,143,0,'TRAINING DOCUMENTS','',1.0,2.0,51),(5565,156,0,'TRAINING DOCUMENTS','',1.0,2.0,34),(5566,122,0,'Start documents','Gelieve subscription form, front page in te vullen en ons ondertekend terug te mailen.',1.0,2.0,1),(5567,122,0,'Progress test Theory','',1.0,2.0,16),(5568,122,0,'Progress test Theory','',1.0,2.0,15),(5569,122,0,'Progress test Flight','',1.0,2.0,47),(5570,122,0,'Progress test Flight','',1.0,2.0,64),(5571,141,0,'Training Documents','',1.0,2.0,7),(5581,155,0,'Theory Day 1 Session 3','TKI Pierre Dardenne\n\nTraining administration and documents. Aircraft documents.\nATO organisation of training and follow-up\n\nUse Alfako as example and related ARO documents.',2.5,3.0,5),(5582,155,0,'Theory Day 2 Session 6','TKI: Dardenne P., Vandevelde P. (HOT)\n\nTraining administration and documents. Aircraft documents.\nATO organisation of training and follow-up.\nRole of the FE in training documents check prior the initial skill test.\n\nUse Alfako FLIGHT HUB training management and procedures.',2.5,3.0,8),(5583,163,0,'NAVIGATION to CAEN dual','During this flight, the student must prepare an operational flight to CAEN (France) at minimum 8000ft, preferably around 10000ft.\nThe purpose of the flight is to check at the end of the training his ability to fly in different control zones using the radio on its own, evaluate the unknown airport of destination, find his way in the unknown airport, refuel etc...\n\nAllow a HOME good flight preparation, using maps and flight log. Check the preparation weeks or day&#039;s prior the scheduled flight.',1.0,2.0,35),(5584,163,0,'ELP must be done prior SKILL Test','',1.0,2.0,30),(5585,163,0,'Training Documents','Upload all training documents directly related to the syllabus',1.0,2.0,38),(5586,163,0,'Flight SOLO NAVIGATION 2','',1.0,2.0,34),(5587,152,0,'Progress check','Student evaluation.\nThe student should be able to perform an operationnal enroute flight using all the items in the training program.',1.0,2.0,48),(5588,152,0,'TRAINING DOCUMENTS','Please upload here all the training documents for this Module.',1.0,2.0,50),(5589,152,0,'Paperwork for skill test','Student, School and FI should fill in all the documents prior to the skill test.\nFE should fill in during skill test.\nAll those documents when skill test is performed should be uploaded under the TRAINING DOCUMENTS.',1.0,2.0,49),(5590,182,0,'Flight Lesson 1 - Preflight, Starting Procedures, &amp; Hovering','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will be introduced to the helicopter and the importance of a proper preflight and postflight inspection.  The st\nstudent will gain an understanding of safety precautions to be followed and will be introduced to the use of the flight controls.\n\n\nCONTENT:\n\nIntroduce-\nPreflight preparation\nStarting Procedures\nHovering Flight Demonstration\n\nPractice-\nHovering\nHover taxi\nPedal control\nCyclic control\nCollective control\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nAt the completion of this lesson, the student, with instructor assistance, will be able to conduct a preflight and postflight inspection, use checklists, start the engine and engage the rotor.  The student will gain an understanding of the use of the flight controls and display an understanding of ground safety.',1.0,2.0,1),(5602,152,0,'SIMU 3 NDB BIS','AIR EXERCISE 4	refer to annex PART 3-6  chap 1-5,1-7,1-9,2-4\n	\n	R A D I O   N A V I G A T I O N   (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n	\nU S E   O F   A D F   (AUTOMATIC  DIRECTION FINDING EQUIPMENT)\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Selecting, Tuning and Identifying a NDB\n&amp;#61553;	ADF orientation\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (RTF Procedures and ATC liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Homing\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Inbound\n&amp;#61553;	Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Outbound\n&amp;#61553;	Time/Distance Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Magnetic Bearing\n&amp;#61553;	Determining the Aeroplane&amp;rsquo;s position from Two NDBs or alternatively from One NDB and one other Navaid\n&amp;#61553;	ADF Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Various Approved Entries',1.0,2.0,9),(5604,184,0,'Ground Lesson 1','',1.0,2.0,1),(5606,186,0,'Flight Lesson 1- Full Panel Procedures','OBJECTIVES\nBecome familiar with the instrument training aircraft.\nBriefly review normal preflight, takeoff, and landing procedures.\nPractice attitude instrument flight with emphasis on precise aircraft control solely by instrument reference.\n\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Preparation\nNormal Procedures\n\nIntroduce \nFull Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nTakeoffs and landings will be conducted safely and at least at the private pilot proficiency level.\nDuring the flight the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, and airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots.',1.0,2.0,1),(5607,187,0,'Ground Lesson 1- Building Professional Experience','OBJECTIVES\nReview knowledge of private pilot privileges, become familiar with advanced pilot training and opportunities.\nand gain an understanding of the advanced human factors concepts related to aviation.\n\n\nCONTENT\nCourse Overview\nInstrument/Commercial Training and Opportunities\nAdvanced Human Factors Concepts\nAviation Physiology\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will indicate, through oral quizzing, familiarity with instrument/commercial training, opportunities in aviation, human factors, and understanding of private pilot privileges.  In addition, the instructor will make sure the student has a basic understanding of policies and procedures applicable to the school&amp;rsquo;s pilot training program.',1.0,2.0,1),(5608,188,0,'Flight Lesson 1- Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review basic and advanced helicopter maneuvers to gain additional proficiency and to help determine areas of weakness.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nVertical takeoff\nHover taxi\nVertical landing\nSurface taxi\nAir taxi\nNormal and crosswind takeoffs\nMaximum performance takeoff\nSteep approaches\nTraffic pattern operations\nNormal and crosswind approaches\nGo around\nStraight and level flight, climbs, turns and descents\nRunning takeoff and running landing\nSlope operations\nRapid deceleration\nAutorotation descents\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson \n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the above review has been completed.  The instructor will determine areas of weakness for future practice.  The student will maintain airspeed +15 knots, heading +15 degrees, and altitude +200 feet.',1.0,2.0,1),(5609,189,0,'Ground Lesson 1- Helicopter Components','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review helicopter components, systems and instruments.  Some components of other helicopters will also be discussed.\n\nCONTENT:\nAirframe, tailboom and empennage\nMain rotor systems\nTail rotor\nTransmission\nGearboxes\nDrive train\nClutch\nFreewheeling unit (sprague clutch)\nLanding gear\nRotor brake\nSeats\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,1),(5610,190,0,'Flight Lesson 1- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight Discussion\nPerformance and Analysis of Maneuvers:\nPostflight discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform and analyze the maneuvers and procedures covered in this lesson. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,1),(5612,192,0,'Flight Lesson 1 - Procedures/Full Panel','OBJECTIVES:\nBecome familiar with the instrument training aircraft.\nBriefly review normal preflight, takeoff, and landing procedures.\nPractice attitude instrument flight with emphasis on precise aircraft control solely by instrument reference\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight Preparation\nNormal Procedures\n\nIntroduce: \nFull Panel Instrument\n1) Straight-and-Level Flight\n2) Standard-Rate Turns\n3) Constant Airspeed Climbs\n4) Climbing Turns\n5) Constant Airspeed Descents\n6) Descending Turns\n7) Recovery from Unusual Attitudes\n8) Operations in Turbulence\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nTakeoffs and landings will be conducted safely and at least at the private pilot proficiency level.\nDuring the flight the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, and airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots.',1.0,2.0,1),(5613,193,0,'Ground Lesson 1 - Fundamentals of Instructing','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this process, the student will be introduced to the learning process and human behavior and will gain the ability to apply these fundamentals to successful methods of teaching.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe learning process\nHuman factors\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,1),(5614,193,0,'Ground Lesson 2 - Fundamentals of Instructing','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this time, the student will be introduced to effective communication, the teaching process, and teaching methods and will gain the ability to apply these fundamentals to successful methods of teaching.\n\nCONTENT:\nEffective Communication\nThe Teaching Process\nTeaching Methods\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,2),(5615,194,0,'Ground Lesson 1','',1.0,2.0,1),(5616,195,0,'Flight Lesson 1','',1.0,2.0,1),(5617,196,0,'Flight Lesson 1','',1.0,2.0,1),(5618,197,0,'Ground Lesson 1','',1.0,2.0,1),(5619,198,0,'Flight Lesson 1','',1.0,2.0,1),(5620,190,0,'Flight Lesson 2- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPerformance and Analysis of Maneuvers\nPostflight discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform and analyze the maneuvers and procedures covered in this lesson. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,2),(5621,189,0,'Ground Lesson 2- Helicopter Components and Systems','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue the review of helicopter components, systems and instruments, with emphasis on piston engine theory and function.\n\nCONTENT:\nPowerplant\nCooling system\nFlight controls\nSwashplate assembly and linkages\nEngine oil and oil system\nGearbox oil\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,2),(5622,189,0,'Ground Lesson 3- Helicopter Systems','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue the review of helicopter components, systems and instruments.\n\nCONTENT:\nFuel and fuel system\nElectrical system\nIgnition system\nEnvironmental systems\nLighting system/aircraft lights\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,3),(5623,189,0,'Ground Lesson 4- Instruments and Gauges','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will complete his/her review of helicopter components, systems, instruments and avionics.\n\nCONTENT:\nEngine instruments, markings and limitations\nFlight instruments, markings and limitations\nOther instruments\nAvionics\nOther systems\nOther equipment\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,4),(5624,189,0,'Ground Lesson 5- Preflight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will conduct a thorough preflight inspection of the training helicopter.  In addition, he will review proper handling and servicing techniques.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight inspection/preflight checklist\nHelicopter handling\nHelicopter servicing/preventative maintenance\nAircraft cleaning\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,5),(5625,189,0,'Ground Lesson 6- Flight Manual (POH)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the helicopter flight manual and helicopter performance.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe helicopter flight manual (pilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook)\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,6),(5626,189,0,'Ground Lesson 7- Performance','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review helicopter performance.\n\nCONTENT:\nEffect of density altitude\nEffect of gross weight\nEffect of wind\nCarburetor icing (if applicable)\nMethods for predicting helicopter performance\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be compete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,7),(5627,189,0,'Ground Lesson 8- PTS Intro, Weight and Balance','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the Commercial Practical Test Standards &amp;ndash; Rotorcraft and helicopter weight and balance theory and computation.\n\nCONTENT:\nCommercial Practical Test Standards (PTS) Rotorcraft\nWeight and balance definitions\nWeight and balance determinations\nWeight and balance management\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,8),(5628,189,0,'Ground Lesson 9- Stage I Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson the student will take the Stage I Written Exam.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage I Written Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has passed the Stage I Written Examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,9),(5630,189,0,'Ground Lesson 10- Meteorology Theory','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the theory of meteorology and aviation weather.\n\nCONTENT:\nAtmosphere\nTemperature\nMoisture\nStability\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,10),(5631,189,0,'Ground Lesson 11- Meteorology (cont)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to review meteorology and aviation weather.\n\nCONTENT:\nClouds\nPressure\nCirculation theory and turbulence\nAir masses\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,11),(5632,189,0,'Ground Lesson 12- Hazardous Weather','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will conclude the review of meteorology.\n\nCONTENT:\nThunderstorms\nIcing\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,12),(5633,189,0,'Ground Lesson 13- Weather Reports and Forecasts','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review aviation weather reports and forecasts.\n\nCONTENT:\nZulu time\nSources of weather information\nWeather data\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,13),(5634,189,0,'Ground Lesson 14- Charts and Airspace','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review aviation charts and airspace designations.\n\nCONTENT:\nAviation charts\nAirspace\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,14),(5635,189,0,'Ground Lesson 15- Cross Country Flight Planning','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review basic navigation and the use of the flight computer in cross-country planning.\n\nCONTENT:\nBasic navigation\nFlight planning\nComputer operations\nThe flight computer\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,15),(5636,189,0,'Ground Lesson 16- Cross Country and Flight Planning (cont)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review flight planning and airport operations as appropriate to cross-country flights.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight planning\nAirport operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,16),(5637,189,0,'Ground Lesson 17- Radio Communications','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review radio bands and VHF communications and facilities.\n\nCONTENT:\nRadio bands, waves and applications\nVHF aviation NAV/COMM band\nVHF communication facilities\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented',1.0,2.0,17),(5638,189,0,'Ground Lesson 18- Radio Navigation','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review radio navigation and the associated facilities and equipment.  This lesson will conclude with the Stage II written examination.\n\nCONTENT:\nRadio navigation\nFacilities VHF VOR (VHF omni range)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,18),(5639,189,0,'Ground Lesson 19- Stage II Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson the student will be introduced to the Global Positioning System (GPS). This lesson will conclude with the Stage II Written Exam.\n\nCONTENT:\nGlobal Positioning System (GPS)\nStage II Written Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has passed the Stage II Written Examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,19),(5640,189,0,'Ground Lesson 20- Aerodynamic Components','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review basic aerodynamics to gain a better understanding of helicopter flight.\n\nCONTENT:\nNewton&amp;rsquo;s &amp;ldquo;Laws of Motion&amp;rdquo;\nThe four forces\nAirfoils\nFactors affecting lift\nDrag\nLift/drag ratio\nThe three axis\nHelicopter attitude\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,21),(5641,189,0,'Ground Lesson 21- Principals of Hovering Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a further understanding of the principles of helicopter flight.\n\nCONTENT:\nHovering flight\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,22),(5642,189,0,'Ground Lesson 22- Principals of Forward Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a further understanding of the principles of helicopter flight.\n\nCONTENT:\nForward flight\nThe turn\nLoads and load factors\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,23),(5643,189,0,'Ground Lesson 23- Principals of Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the aerodynamics of autorotative descents.\n\nCONTENT:\nAutorotative descents\nHovering autorotations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,24),(5644,189,0,'Ground Lesson 24- Hazardous Flight Conditions','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a further understanding of helicopter aerodynamics.\n\nCONTENT:\nStability\nResonance\nVibrations\nRetreating blade stall\nSettling with power\nLoss of tail rotor effectiveness\nDynamic rollover\nLow G\nMast bumping\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,25),(5645,189,0,'Ground Lesson 25- Federal Aviation Regulations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review Federal Aviation Administration Regulations. Study will begin with FAR Part 1, FAR Part 43 and FAR Part 61 of the regulations.\n\nCONTENT:\nFederal Aviation Regulations (FARs)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,26),(5646,189,0,'Ground Lesson 26- Federal Aviation Regulations (cont)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will complete the review of FAR Part 61 and begin review of FAR Part 67 and FAR Part 91.\n\nCONTENT:\nFederal Aviation Regulations (FARs)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,27),(5647,189,0,'Ground Lesson 27- Federal Aviation Regulations (cont)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to review the regulations of FAR Part 91.\n\nCONTENT:\nFederal Aviation Regulations (FARs)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,28),(5648,189,0,'Ground Lesson 28- Federal Aviation Regulations (cont)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will complete the review of FAR Part 91 and the applicable regulations of FAR Parts 119, 135, NTSB Part 830 and HMR 175.\n\nCONTENT:\nFederal Aviation Regulations (FARs)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,29),(5649,189,0,'Ground Lesson 29- Medical Factors','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the medical facts for pilots.\n\nCONTENT:\nFitness for flight\nHypoxia\nHyperventilation in flight\nCarbon monoxide poisoning in flight\nIllusions in flight\nPhysiological aspects of flying\nJudgement aspects of collision avoidance\nMiddle ear and sinus problems\nSpatial disorientation\nMotion sickness\nThe effects of alcohol, drugs, stress and fatigue\nNight operations\nHigh altitude operations\nAeronautical decision making and judgement\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,30),(5650,189,0,'Ground Lesson 30- Non-Regulatory Information','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the Airmen&amp;rsquo;s Information Manual, the advisory circular program and the Airport Facility Directory.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight information publications\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,31),(5651,189,0,'Ground Lesson 31- Pitot-Static System','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the pitot-static instruments required in most powered aircraft.\n\nCONTENT:\nPitot/static system\nAirspeed indicator\nVertical speed indicator\nAltimeter\nIndications as pressure changes\nIndications as temperature changes\nInstrument errors and malfunctions\nTerrain clearance considerations\nTraffic patterns and altimeter readings\nFAR 91.121\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,32),(5652,189,0,'Ground Lesson 32- Gyroscopic and Compass Systems','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the principles of gyroscopic instruments and the magnetic compass.\n\nCONTENT:\nGyroscopes\nMagnetic compass\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,33),(5653,189,0,'Ground Lesson 33- Attitude Instrument Flight','OBJECTIVE:\nThe student will review the basic principles of attitude instrument flight.  In addition, flight physiology and spatial disorientation will be discussed as they apply to aircraft control during instrument flight.\n\nCONTENT:	\nFlight physiology\nSpatial disorientation\nAttitude instrument flight\nControl instruments\nFundamental scan skills\nAircraft control\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThrough discussion and oral quizzes, the student will demonstrate an understanding of the principles of basic attitude instrument flight.',1.0,2.0,34),(5654,200,0,'New Lesson Title','',1.0,2.0,1),(5658,183,0,'Ground Lesson 2 - Reciprocating Engines','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will introduce the student to helicopter piston engine theory and function.\n\nCONTENT:\nModel, type and horsepower rating\nThe four stroke cycle principle of operation\nParts nomenclature of a helicopter piston engine and their relationship to the four stroke cycle\nPiston engine induction systems\nManifold pressure and RPM\nReciprocating engine performance\nElectrical system\nIgnition system\nCooling systems\nOil and oil system\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,8),(5659,183,0,'Ground Lesson 3 - Fuel, Electrical, &amp; Lighting Systems','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue the study of the training helicopter components, systems and instruments.\n\nCONTENT:\nHelicopter systems\n-Fuel and fuel system\n-Environmental systems\n-Lighting system/aircraft lights\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,9),(5660,183,0,'Ground Lesson 4 - Instruments &amp; Related Systems','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will complete his/her study of the training helicopter components, systems, instruments and avionics.\n\nCONTENT:\nEngine instruments, markings and limitations\nFlight instruments, markings and limitations\nAvionics\nOther instruments, systems, and equiptment\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the reading assignment.',1.0,2.0,10),(5661,183,0,'Ground Lesson 5 - Preflight, Airworthiness, &amp; Servicing a Helicopter','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn to conduct a thorough preflight inspection of the training helicopter.  In addition, he will learn proper handling and servicing techniques.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight inspection/preflight checklist\nHelicopter handling\nHelicopter servicing/preventative maintenance\nAircraft cleaning\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,11),(5662,183,0,'Ground Lesson 6 - Basic Aerodynamics','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will study basic aerodynamics to gain an understanding of helicopter flight.\n\nCONTENT:\nNewton&amp;rsquo;s Laws of Motion\nBernoulli&amp;rsquo;s principle\nThe four forces\nAirfoils\nFactors affecting lift\nDrag\nLift/drag ratio\nThe three axis\nHelicopter attitude\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,12),(5663,183,0,'Ground Lesson 7 - Helicopter Aerodynamics','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a further understanding of the principles of helicopter aerodynamics in flight.\n\nCONTENT:\nHovering flight aerodynamics\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,13),(5664,183,0,'Ground Lesson 8 - Helicopter Aerodynamics in Flight','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a further understanding of the principles of helicopter aerodynamics in flight.\n\nCONTENT:\nForward flight\nThe turn\nLoads and load factors\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be compete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,14),(5665,183,0,'Ground Lesson 9 - Traffic Patterns, Departures, &amp; Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain an understanding of the Traffic Pattern, procedures used, take-off and approaches.\n\nCONTENT:\nTraffic Pattern Procedures\nTypes of Approaches\nTermination of Approach\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be compete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,15),(5666,183,0,'Ground Lesson 10 - Aerodynamics of Autorotations','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain an understanding of the aerodynamics of autorotative descents.\n\nCONTENT:\nAutorotative descents\nHovering autorotations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,16),(5667,183,0,'Ground Lesson 11 - Advanced Helicopter Aerodynamics &amp; Hazards','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain an understanding of hazards and dangers of flight related to helicopter aerodynamics.\n\nCONTENT:\nStability\nResonance\nVibrations\nIGE / OGE\nVortex Ring State (Settling with power)\nLoss of tail rotor effectiveness (LTE)\nLoss of Tail rotor Authority\nDynamic Rollover\nStatic Rollover\nLow G\nMast bumping\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,17),(5668,183,0,'Ground Lesson 12 - Advanced Helicopter Flight Techniques','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to advanced helicopter flight techniques.\n\nCONTENT:\nConfined Area and Pinnacle Operations \nMaximum Performance Take-Off\nRunning Landing \nRunning Take-Off\nTailrotor Failure in Flight / Hover\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,18),(5669,189,0,'Ground Lesson 34- NDB and RMI','OBJECTIVE:\nThe student will review the functions, limitations and use of both the NDB and RMI.\n\nCONTENT:\nOral review and quizzing of previous lesson\nNDB\nRMI\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThrough discussion and oral quizzing, the student will demonstrate an understanding of both NDB and RMI operation and use.',1.0,2.0,35),(5670,183,0,'Ground Lesson 13 - Helicopter Flight Manual','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the helicopter flight manual and helicopter performance.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe helicopter flight manual - pilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook:\n-General\n-Limitations\n-Emergency procedures\n-Normal procedures\n-Performance\n-Weight and balance\n-Systems description\n-Handling and maintenance\n-Supplements\n-Safety tips\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,19),(5671,183,0,'Ground Lesson 14 - Private Pilot PTS &amp; CFR 14 FAR Part 43 &amp; 61','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the Private Pilot &amp;ndash; Rotorcraft (Helicopter) Practical Test Standards (PTS) and the Federal Aviation Administration Regulations. Study will begin with the PTS, FAR Part 1, FAR Part 43 and FAR Part 61 of the regulations.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractical Test Standards \nFAR Part 1--Definition\nFAR Part 43-- Maintenance, preventative maintenance, rebuilding and alteration\nFAR Part 61\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,20),(5672,189,0,'Ground Lesson 35- VOR, HSI, and DME Equipment','OBJECTIVE:\nThe student will review the functions, limitations and use of VOR, HSI and DME equipment.\n\nCONTENT:	\nOral review and quizzing of previous lesson\nVOR\nTime and distance to station\nHSI\nDME\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThrough discussion and oral quizzing the student will demonstrate an understanding of the function limitations and use of VOR, HSI, and DME equipment.',1.0,2.0,36),(5673,183,0,'Ground Lesson 15 - CFR 14 FAR Part 61 &amp; 91','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will complete the study of FAR Part 61 and begin study of FAR Part 67 and  Part 91.\n\nCONTENT:\nFAR Part 61\nFAR Part 67--Medical Standards and Certification \nFAR Part 91--General operation and flight rules\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,21),(5674,183,0,'Ground Lesson 16 - CFR 14 FAR Part 91','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to study the regulations of FAR Part 91.\n\nCONTENT:\nFAR Part 91\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,22),(5675,183,0,'Ground Lesson 17 - CFR 14 FAR Part 91 &amp; CFR 49 FAR Part 830','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson the student will complete the study of FAR Part 91 and will study NTSB Part 830.\n\nCONTENT:\nFAR Part 91 - Maintenance, preventative maintenance and alterations\nFAR Part 91 -- Subpart J waivers\nNTSB Part 830 -- Notification and reporting of aircraft accidents or incidents and overdue aircraft, and preservation of aircraft wreckage, mail, cargo and records\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,23),(5676,183,0,'Ground Lesson 18 - Helicopter Performance','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to study helicopter performance.  \n\nCONTENT:\nEffect of density altitude\nEffect of gross weight\nEffect of wind\nCarburetor icing (if applicable)\nMethods for predicting helicopter performance\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,24),(5677,183,0,'Ground Lesson 19 - Weight &amp; Balance; Stage 1 Test','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to helicopter weight and balance theory and computation. During this lesson the student go over helicopter weight and balance.  This lesson will conclude with the Stage I/Pre-solo written.\n\nCONTENT:\nWeight and balance definitions\nWeight and balance determinations\nWeight and balance management\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the Written exam with a minimum passing score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,25),(5678,183,0,'Ground Lesson 20 - Weather Theory','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the theory of meteorology and aviation weather.\n\nCONTENT:\nAtmosphere\nTemperature\nMoisture\nStability\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,26),(5679,183,0,'Ground Lesson 21 - Weather Theory (Continued)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to study meteorology and aviation weather.\n\nCONTENT:\nClouds\nPressure\nCirculation theory and turbulence\nAir masses   \n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,27),(5680,183,0,'Ground Lesson 22 - Weather Hazards','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will complete the study of meteorology.\n\nCONTENT:\nThunderstorms\nTornados\nHail\nIcing\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,28),(5681,183,0,'Ground Lesson 23 - Weather Reports &amp; Forecasts','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the study of aviation weather reports and forecasts.\n\nCONTENT:\nZulu time\nSource of weather information\nWeather data\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,29),(5682,183,0,'Ground Lesson 24 - Pitot/Static Instruments &amp; System','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the pitot-static instruments required in most powered aircraft.\n\nCONTENT:\nPitot/static system\nAirspeed indicator\nVertical speed indicator\nAltimeter\nIndications as pressure changes\nIndications as temperature changes\nInstrument errors and malfunctions\nTerrain clearance considerations\nTraffic patterns and altimeter readings\nFAR 91.121\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,30),(5683,183,0,'Ground Lesson 25 - Gyroscopic Instruments &amp; Magnetic Compass','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will study the principles of gyroscopic instruments and the magnetic compass.\n\nCONTENT:\nGyroscopes\nMagnetic compass\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,31),(5686,183,0,'Ground Lesson 26 - Aviation Charts &amp; Airspace','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will study aviation charts and airspace designations as an introduction to basic navigation.\n\nCONTENT:\nAviation charts\nAirspace\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,32),(5687,183,0,'Ground Lesson 27 - Radio Bands &amp; FAA Facilities','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will study radio bands and VHF communications and facilities.\n\nCONTENT:\nRadio bands, waves and applications\nVHF aviation NAV/COMM band\nVHF communication facilities\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,33),(5688,183,0,'Ground Lesson 28 - Flight Computer Operation','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn to use the flight computer proficiently for cross-country planning.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe flight computer\n-Ratios\n-Time, speed and distance\n-Fuel problems: rate, gallons and time\n-Calibrated airspeed (CAS)\n-True airspeed\n-Computer operations - wind face \n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be completed when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,34),(5689,183,0,'Ground Lesson 29 - Navigating, Flight Planning, &amp; Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will study basic navigation, flight planning and airport operations as appropriate to cross-country flights.\n\nCONTENT:\nBasic navigation\nFlight planning\nAirport operations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,35),(5690,183,0,'Ground Lesson 30 - Radio Navigation; Stage 2 Test','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to radio navigation and the associated facilities and equipment.  This lesson will conclude with the Stage II written examination.\n\nCONTENT:\nRadio navigation\nFacilities VHF VOR (VHF omni range)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has passed the Stage II written examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,36),(5691,183,0,'Ground Lesson 31 - Aeromedical Factors &amp; Decision Making','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will study the medical facts for pilots.\n\nCONTENT:\nFitness for flight\nHypoxia\nHyperventilation in flight\nCarbon monoxide poisoning in flight\nIllusions in flight\nPhysiological aspects of flying\nJudgement aspects of collision avoidance\nMiddle ear and sinus problems\nSpatial disorientation\nMotion sickness\nThe effects of alcohol, drugs, stress and fatigue\nAeronautical Decision Making\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,37),(5692,183,0,'Ground Lesson 32 - Airmen Publications','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the Airman&amp;rsquo;s Information Manual, the advisory circular program and the Airport Facility Directory.\n\nCONTENT:\nAeronautical Information Manual\nAdvisory Circular Program\nAirport Facility Directory\nFlight Guide\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,38),(5693,183,0,'Ground Lesson 33 - PTS Test Preparation','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the material necessary for the Stage III and final written examinations.\n\nCONTENT:\nReview- Areas to be determined by the instructor\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays the knowledge required to pass the Stage III and final written examinations.',1.0,2.0,39),(5694,183,0,'Ground Lesson 34 - Stage 3 Test &amp; Final Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the Stage III and final written examination.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage III and final written examination\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson and Stage III will be complete when the student passes the Stage III and final written examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,40),(5695,182,0,'Flight Lesson 2 - Communications, Collision Avoidance, &amp; Set Downs','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will review the procedures introduced in Lesson No. 1 to gain the proficiency in the use of the flight controls.  The student will be introduced to the airport environment, collision avoidance techniques and communication.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nPreflight inspection\nCockpit management\nEngine starting\nEngine and systems preflight check\nVertical takeoff from a hover\nHover taxi\nPedal control\nCollective control\nCyclic control\n\nIntroduction-\nRadio communications\nCollision avoidance procedures\nNormal set downs from a hover\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will be able to conduct the preflight inspection accurately with instructor assistance and will display an increased understanding and proficiency in the use of the flight controls to control aircraft attitude.',1.0,2.0,2),(5696,182,0,'Flight Lesson 3 - Hovering Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to gain proficiency in basic hovering control.  The student will be introduced to more advanced hovering maneuvers.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nPreflight inspection\nCockpit management\nEngine starting\nEngine and systems preflight check\nRadio communications\nCollision avoidance procedures\nVertical takeoff to a hover\nPedal turns\nCollective control\nCyclic control\nNormal set down from a hover\nEngine shutdown\n\nIntroduction-\nHover maneuvers\nHovering over a point\nHovering turns\nBackwards and sideward hovering\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will have a basic understanding of the airport environment with regards to helicopter operations and will be able to perform the preflight inspection, engine starting, rotor engagement, engine and systems preflight checks and engine shutdown unassisted.  the student will display increased proficiency in coordinated helicopter control.',1.0,2.0,3),(5697,182,0,'Flight Lesson 4 - Taxiing, Hovering Maneuvers, &amp; Hover Autos','OBJECTIVES\nThis lesson will review flight maneuvers previously introduced and emphasize how winds affect these maneuvers.  The student will be introduced to maneuvering by ground reference and hovering autorotations.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nVertical takeoff to a hover\nHovering\nNormal set down from a hover\nHover maneuvers\nSlopes\n\nIntroduction - \nManeuvering by ground reference\nCrosswind effects on the above maneuvers\nSurface taxi\nSideward, forward and rearward hovering\nHovering turns\nHover autorotations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will increase proficiency in attitude control during pick-ups and set-downs. The student will understand how crosswind components affect these maneuvers and will gain an understanding of the elements involved in maneuvering by ground reference.',1.0,2.0,4),(5698,182,0,'Flight Lesson 5 - Slopes &amp; Air Taxi','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will practice basic maneuvers, concentrating on hovering.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nVertical takeoff to a hover\nHovering - sideward, forward, rearward and turns \nHover autorotations\nLanding from a hover\nManeuvering by ground reference\n\nIntroduction-\nSlopes\nAir Taxi\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will show increased proficiency during takeoffs and set-downs, hover procedures and RPM control while hovering, should be maintained within the rotor RPM limits.',1.0,2.0,5),(5699,182,0,'Flight Lesson 6 - Rapid Deceleration','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will continue to practice pre-solo maneuvers and will be introduced rapid decelerations.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nVertical takeoff to a hover\nHovering (air taxi, hover taxi)\nHover Autorotations\nSlopes\nLanding from a hover\nGround Reference Maneuvers\n\nIntroduction-\nRapid Deceleration\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate proper hovering altitudes, lateral control and rate of turns while hovering. They will also demonstrate proper pick-up and set-down techniques.',1.0,2.0,6),(5700,182,0,'Flight Lesson 7 - Hover Solo; Takeoff, Approach, Pattern, &amp; Power Recovery Autorotation','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will practice pre-solo maneuvers and will be introduced to normal takeoffs, approaches and autorotations at altitude. The student can hover solo at the discretion of their instructor.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nHover Procedures\nGround Reference maneuvers\nRapid Decelerations\nHover autorotations\nSlopes\nPick-ups and set-downs\n\nIntroduction-\nNormal Takeoff and approaches\nTraffic Patterns\nStraight in autorotations with power recovery\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate an increased proficiency in areas of weaknessThey will gain an understanding of departure and approach attitudes, and  autorotations and the power recovery, to further develop control coordination.',1.0,2.0,7),(5701,182,0,'Flight Lesson 8 - Systems Malfunctions &amp; Emergencies','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review pre-solo maneuvers as necessary and will be introduced to systems and equipment malfunctions, emergency procedures and hazardous flight conditions.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nPre-solo maneuvers (as necessary)\nStraight in autorotations with power recovery\nRapid decelerations \nSurface taxi\n\nIntroduction-\nSystems and equipment malfunctions\nHelicopter operating handbook (emergency procedures)\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS-\nAt the completion of this lesson, the student will show increased proficiency in all pre-solo maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,8),(5702,182,0,'Flight Lesson 9 - Steep Approach &amp; Shallow Approach','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to gain proficiency and be introduced to steep and shallow approach angles and techniques.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nStraight in autorotations\nNormal takeoffs and approaches\nRapid decelerations \nSlopes\nVertical takeoffs and landings\nEmergency procedures\n\nIntroduction-\nSteep Approaches\nShallow Approaches\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDuring straight in autorotations, the student will demonstrate proper entry techniques, maintain recommended autorotational airspeed and rotor RPM in the green.  The student will gain an understanding of the different approach angles and why they are used.',1.0,2.0,9),(5703,182,0,'Flight Lesson 10 - Settling with Power, 180 Degree &amp; Straight-In Power Recovery Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to 180 degree autorotations and the effects of turns during autorotative descents.  The student will gain an understanding of power failure at altitude procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nNormal takeoffs and approaches\nNormal landings \nSteep approaches\nShallow approaches\nHovering - sideward, forward, rearward and turns (air taxi, hover taxi)\nStraight in autorotations\nHovering autorotations\nRapid decelerations \nSlope operations\nRecognition and recovery from low rotor RPM\nRecognition and recovery from low G conditions\nRadio Procudures\n\nIntroduction-\nApproaches to the surface\n180 degree autorotation with power recovery\nSettling with power - recognition and recovery\nSimulated Power failure at altitude\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will gain an understanding of the importance of attitude and RPM control during 180 degree autorotations.  During power failure at altitude, the student will understand the need to immediately lower the collective to prevent a low rotor RPM situation and techniques for controlling RPM during autorotative descents.',1.0,2.0,10),(5704,182,0,'Flight Lesson 11 - Review Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice pre-solo maneuvers, concentrating on areas of weakness in preparation for the student&amp;rsquo;s first pattern solo and be introduced to radio navigation.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nNormal takeoffs and approaches\nSteep approaches\nShallow approaches\nApproaches to the surface\nHovering - sideward, rearward and turns (air taxi, hover taxi)\nRapid deceleration\nRecognition and recovery from low rotor RPM\nHovering autorotation\nSlopes\nPower failure at altitude\nEmergency procedures\nSystems and equipment failure and malfunction\n\nPractice-\nAreas of student weakness\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the pre-solo maneuvers listed and demonstrates the skill level required to safely fly the helicopter in solo flight.',1.0,2.0,11),(5705,182,0,'Flight Lesson 12 - Review Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nThis lesson is a review of all pre-solo maneuvers in preparation for the student&amp;rsquo;s first supervised solo.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nOral discussion-\nRadio communications/traffic pattern procedures\nMistakes students make on solo flights\nSolo student procedures\n\nReview-\nPreflight discussion\nEngine starting\nEngine and systems preflight check\nVertical takeoff to a hover\nHovering - sideward, forward, rearward and turns\nRadio communications\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nTraffic pattern procedures and collision avoidance precautions\nAutorotative descents with power recovery\nHovering autorotations\nPower failure at altitude\nNormal, steep and shallow approaches to a hover\nNormal, steep and shallow approaches to the surface\nRecognition and recovery from low RPM\nLanding from a hover\nRapid deceleration\nSlopes\nSurface Taxi\nPostflight procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate the knowledge and proficiency to safely solo the helicopter.',1.0,2.0,12),(5706,182,0,'Flight Lesson 13 - Stage 1 Check','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this stage check, the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency on the listed Stage I maneuvers and procedures to determine if the student is ready to advance to Stage II.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nFlight preparation proceduresluding preflight inspections and powerplant operations\nGround maneuvering and runups\nHovering turns and air taxi\nStraight and level flight, turns, climbs and descents\nRapid decelerations\nManeuvering by ground references, airport traffic patterns including collision avoidance precautions\nNormal takeoffs and landings\nSimulated emergency proceduresluding autorotational descents with a power recovery to a hover\n\nOral examination-\nPilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook\nHazardous flight conditions\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson and Stage I will be complete when the student displays the skill and understanding necessary to safely conduct solo flights in the local training area.  He/she will maintain altitude within 150 feet, airspeed within 15 knots and heading within 15 degrees.  The student will also demonstrate sufficient knowledge of emergency operations and the pilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook and hazardous flight conditions.',1.0,2.0,13),(5707,182,0,'Flight Lesson 14 - Review &amp; Solo Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring the dual portion of this lesson, the instructor will review takeoffs, traffic patterns and approaches to check the student&amp;rsquo;s readiness for solo flight.  During the second portion of this lesson, the student will conduct his/her first supervised solo flight.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nFlight preparation proceduresluding preflight inspections and powerplant operations\nGround maneuvering and runups\nHovering turns and air taxi\nStraight and level flight, turns, climbs and descents\nRapid decelerations\nSlope operations\nManeuvering by ground references, airport traffic patterns including collision avoidance precautions\nNormal takeoffs and landings\nSimulated emergency proceduresluding autorotational descents with a power recovery to a hover\n\nFirst supervised solo flight-\nVertical takeoffs to a hover\nHovering\nLandings from a hover\nNormal Departures, traffic patterns and approaches to a hover \n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate satisfactory proficiency and safety, as judged by an authorized instructor, on the maneuvers and procedures required by FAR Part 61 in the make and model of aircraft to be flown.',1.0,2.0,14),(5708,182,0,'Flight Lesson 15 - Review &amp; Solo Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring the dual portion of this lesson, the instructor will review takeoff, traffic pattern and approach procedures to check the student&amp;rsquo;s readiness for the second supervised solo flight.  During the second portion of the lesson, the student will conduct his/her second supervised solo flight.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nFlight preparation proceduresluding preflight inspections and powerplant operations\nGround maneuvering and runups\nHovering turns and air taxi\nStraight and level flight, turns, climbs and descents\nRapid decelerations\nSlope operations\nManeuvering by ground references, airport traffic patterns including collision avoidance precautions\nNormal takeoffs and landings\nSimulated emergency proceduresluding autorotational descents with a power recovery to a hover\n\nSecond supervised solo flight-\nVertical takeoffs to a hover\nHovering\nLandings from a hover\nNormal takeoffs, traffic patterns, normal approaches\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will gain confidence and proficiency in his/her ability to safely solo the helicopter.',1.0,2.0,15),(5709,182,0,'Flight Lesson 16 - Solo Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed maneuvers to increase his/her proficiency and confidence in solo flight.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice-\nHovering - sideward, forward, rearward and turns\nPick-ups and set-downs\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nNormal and shallow approachs to a hover\nNormal traffic patterns\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the assigned maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,16),(5710,182,0,'Flight Lesson 17 - X-Country, Flight Planning, &amp; Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to helicopter cross-country planning and procedures.  The flight will be conducted using pilotage and dead reckoning with emphasis on chart interpretation.  It will consist of landings at two or more points, one of which more than 25 NM from the point of departure.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nIntroduction-\nPreflight planning\nCross-country flight\nAirport operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nAt the completion of this lesson, the student will be able to plan a VFR cross-country. the student will be prepared for VFR navigation and have the knowledge to deal with cross-country emergencies.',1.0,2.0,17),(5711,182,0,'Flight Lesson 18 - Solo Flight','OBJECTIVES-\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to practice takeoffs and approaches, as well as quick stops to further increase his/her proficiency in control coordination.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice-\nNormal takeoff to a hover\nNormal approach to a hover\nSteep approach\nLanding from a hover\nRapid deceleration (optional)\nHovering - forward, rearward and sideward\nNormal takeoff from a hover\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,18),(5712,182,0,'Flight Lesson 19 - X-Country, Diversion, &amp; Lost Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will expand the student&amp;rsquo;s understanding of cross-country operations and emergency procedures in preparation for his/her solo cross-country flight.  It will consist of landings at two or more points, one of which is more than 25 NM from the point of origin. with a total distance of more than 50 nm.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nPreflight planning\nCross-country flight operations\nRadio Navigation\nAir Traffic control procedures\nEmergency procedures\n\nIntroduction-\nAdverse weather\nDiversion to alternate\nLost procedures\nLost communications\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates the ability to perform a cross-country flight using pilotage, elementary dead reckoning and radio aids.  Upon completion, the student should be ready for their first solo cross-country and will understand and be capable of executing the procedures used to divert to an alternate airport as appropriate to their first solo cross-country.  student will also select the best course of action when given a lost situation.  The student will maintain selected altitudes &quot;200 feet, maintain desired airspeed &quot;15 knots and heading &quot;15 degrees.  He/she will verify position within 3 NM at all times and reach checkpoints and destinations &quot;5 minutes of initial or revised ETA.',1.0,2.0,19),(5713,182,0,'Flight Lesson 20 - Night Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will familiarize the student with the special considerations and characteristics of helicopter flight at night while accomplishing a minimum of 10 takeoffs and landings as sole manipulator of the controls.  Each takeoff and landing will be separated by an enroute phase of flight.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nIntroduction-\nPreflight planning\nNight flight planning considerations\nPreflight inspection for night flight\nNight vision techniques\n\nNight flight-\nHovering\nUse of landing light\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nLocal area night orientation\nTraffic pattern operation\nNormal approach to a hover\nAirport lighting\nStraight in autorotations\nHovering autorotations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will become familiar with helicopter flight in the night environment.  He/she will accomplish a minimum of 10 takeoffs and landings with an enroute phase of flight separating each takeoff and landing',1.0,2.0,20),(5714,182,0,'Flight Lesson 21 - Running Landing &amp; Confined/Pinnacle Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will introduce the student to high altitude landings and off airport operations in confined areas and on pinnacles, and will stress the importance of performance planning and off airport operating procedures.  The student will gain an understanding of hazards associated with off airport operations.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nOral discussion-\nWeight and balance calculations and considerations\nPerformance planning\n\nReview-\nSettling with power\nRecovery from low G condition\nSimulated power failure at altitude\nRecovery from low rotor RPM\nSlope operations\n\nIntroduction-\nShallow approach and toll-on/running landings\nConfined area and pinnacle operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates the ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and gain an understanding of proper cycle control and dynamic rollover during slope operations.',1.0,2.0,21),(5715,182,0,'Flight Lesson 22 - Solo X-Country','OBJECTIVES:\nThis solo cross-country flight should be made over a relatively simple course with landings at three or more points, one of which must be more than 25 NM from the point of origin with a total distance of at least 50 NM. One of the airports must have a operating control tower where the student will complete three takeoffs and landings to a full stop (with each landing involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at the controlled airport.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning - checked by instructor-\nSectional charts\nAltitude selection\nCourse selection\nCheckpoint selection\nDistance measurements\nComputation of flight time, headings and fuel requirements\nWeather briefing\nNotice to Airmen (NOTAMS)\nAircraft performance\nNavigation log\nVFR flight plan\nWeight and balance\nDiversion to an alternate due to systems or equipment malfunction\n\nCross-country flight-\nDeparture\nEstablishing desired course\nOpening flight plan/closing flight plan\nPilotage and dead reckoning\nProper radio communications\n\nAirport operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight.  The instructor will determine how well the flight was conducted by oral examination and will check to be sure all required flight log entries have been made.',1.0,2.0,22),(5716,182,0,'Flight Lesson 23 - Night X-Country','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will familiarize the students with night cross-country procedures.  The student will gain an understanding of pilotage and dead reckoning navigation at night.  It will consist of landings at two or more points, with a total distance of at least 50 NM.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nPreflight planning\nCross-country flight\n\nIntroduction-\nNight flying considerations\nNight emergency procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nUpon completion of this lesson, the student will show an increased understanding of preflight planning especially with regard to night cross-country operations.  The student should exhibit good judgement by acting promptly to simulated emergencies.',1.0,2.0,23),(5717,182,0,'Flight Lesson 24 - Running Takeoff','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to more advanced takeoffs and approaches.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nNormal approach to a hover\nTraffic pattern procedures\nAutorotative descents with power recovery\nHovering autorotation\nRecognition and recovery from low rotor RPM\nRapid Decelerations\nHigh altitude roll-on/running landings\nSlope operations\n\nIntroduction-\nHigh altitude takeoff and climb\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will gain an understanding of what conditions necessitate more advanced takeoffs and approaches.  During autorotative descents, the student will maintain recommended autorotational airspeed and rotor RPM within the green range.  Directional control during simulated power failure at a hover will be within 30 degrees and proper drift control will be exercised.  The student will be able to recognize and recover from a low RPM situation prior to the RPM decaying below lower RPM red line.',1.0,2.0,24),(5718,182,0,'Flight Lesson 25 - Stage 2 Check','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the Stage II flight check will be conducted by the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot. He/she will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s aeronautical knowledge and proficiency in advanced helicopter maneuvers and emergency procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nOral examination-\nPilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook\nAdvanced maneuver analysis\nCross country planning\nAircraft performance\nEmergency procedures\nFederal Aviation Regulations - Parts 1, 61, 91 and NTSB Part 830\nEmergency equipment and survival gear\nAreas selected by the Chief Flight Instructor\n\nFlight Check-\nCross-country flight operations\nPinnacle, confined area and slope operations\nRunning takeoff, running landing and power failure at altitude\nSystems and equipment failure or malfunctions\nNormal and emergency maneuvers chosen by the Chief Flight Instructor\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate safe cross-country and off airport operations procedures.  The student will also demonstrate sufficient knowledge of emergency procedures and the pilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook.',1.0,2.0,25),(5719,189,0,'Ground Lesson 36- Instrument Landing System','OBJECTIVE:\nThe student will review the functions, limitations and use of Instrument Landing Systems (ILS).\n\nCONTENT:\nOral review and quizzing of previous lesson\nGround components\nAircraft equipment\nILS approach segments\nBack course\nHSI indications\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThrough discussion and oral quizzing, the student will demonstrate an understanding of the functions, limitations and use of the ILS.',1.0,2.0,37),(5720,182,0,'Flight Lesson 26 - Review Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice-\nStraight in autorotations\n180 degree autorotations\nHovering autorotations\nSimulated power failure at altitude\n\nReview-\nNormal takeoff to a hover\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nNormal approach to a hover\nMaximum performance takeoff\nSteep approach\nHigh altitude/running takeoff\nRoll-on/running landing\nRapid decelerations\nSlope operations\nSystems and equipment failure and malfunctions\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,26),(5721,182,0,'Flight Lesson 27 - Review Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice-\nStraight in autorotations\n180 degree autorotations\nHovering autorotations\nSimulated power failure at altitude\n\nReview-\nNormal takeoff to a hover\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nNormal approach to a hover\nPinnacle and confined area operations\nMaximum performance takeoff\nSteep approach\nHigh altitude/running takeoff\nRoll-on/running landing\nRapid decelerations\nSlope operations\nSystems and equipment failure and malfunctions\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,27),(5722,182,0,'Flight Lesson 28 - PTS Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Private Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment failures and malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\n\nReview-\nAreas of student weakness\nAutorotative descents\nEmergency procedures\nSystems and equipment failures and malfunctions\n\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers to the PTS requirements for the rating sought.',1.0,2.0,28),(5723,189,0,'Ground Lesson 37- Stage I, II, and III Review','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will review all materials covered in Stages I, II, and III in preparation for the final written examination.\n\nCONTENT\nReview Stage I, II, and III materials\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination the student displays an understanding of the materials presented.',1.0,2.0,38),(5724,182,0,'Flight Lesson 29 - PTS Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Private Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment failures and malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\n\nReview-\nAreas of student weakness\nAutorotative descents\nEmergency procedures\nSystems and equipment failures and malfunctions\n\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers to the PTS requirements for the rating sought.',1.0,2.0,29),(5725,182,0,'Flight Lesson 30 - PTS Prep','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Private Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment failures and malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\n\nReview-\nAreas of student weakness\nAutorotative descents\nEmergency procedures\nSystems and equipment failures and malfunctions\n\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers to the PTS requirements for the rating sought.',1.0,2.0,30),(5726,182,0,'Flight Lesson 31 - Review Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review basic flight maneuvers and emergency operations in preparation for the Stage III flight check.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nNormal takeoff from a hover\nNormal approach to a hover\nMaximum performance takeoff and climb\nSteep approach\nHigh altitude takeoff and climb\nShallow approach and roll-on/running landings\nRapid decelerations \nAutorotative descents with power recovery\nHovering autorotation\nSettling with power\nSystems and equipment malfunctions\nPartial power failure\nRecovery from low rotor RPM\nPower failure at altitude\nRecognition and recovery from low G maneuvers\nPinnacle and confined area operations\nSlope operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\n1.	During takeoffs and climbs, the student will maintain rotor RPM within normal limits and demonstrate proper attitude and heading control correcting for a crosswind as appropriate.\n2.	During approaches, proper angle; rate of closure and ground track will be demonstrated, correcting for a crosswind as appropriate and terminating within 3 feet of the designated point.\n3.	During running landings, the student will make a smooth transition from descent to surface contact while still in translational lift, using less than hovering power, and beyond but within 50 feet of the designated point of touchdown.\n4.	During rapid decelerations, the student will maintain RPM within normal limits, an altitude that permits safe clearance between the tail boom and the surface and heading throughout maneuver + 10 degrees.\n5.	During slope operations, the student will properly move toward and away from the slope, maintain RPM within normal limits, make a smooth descent to touchdown and a smooth transition from the slope to a stabilized hover, all while maintaining heading +10 degrees.\n6.	During simulated hazardous flight conditions, the student will demonstrate immediate recognition and recovery.\n7.	During power failure at altitude, the student will maintain rotor RPM within the allowable limits by immediately lowering the collective.  He/she will establish an appropriate attitude, maintaining airspeed as necessary.  He/she will select a suitable landing area and maneuver so as to arrive at the selected area with skids level, with acceptable RPM, airspeed and descent rate. \n8.	During power failure at a hover, the student will maintain heading +10 degrees with minimum sideward movement and no rearward movement.\n9.	The maneuvers will be performed to the PTS standards for the rating sought',1.0,2.0,31),(5727,182,0,'Flight Lesson 32 - Stage 3 Check','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot will the Stage III final check.  Through oral examination, written test and flight test, the student will demonstrate the knowledge and skill required to safely solo the helicopter in cross-country flight.  This final flight check will also measure the student&amp;rsquo;s readiness for the FAA flight check.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview-\nOral examination-\nPilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook\nWeight and balance computation\nAircraft performance\nCross-country flight planning - aeronautical charts, compass\nWeather briefing\nNotice to Airmen (NOTAMS)\nFAR Parts 1,61,91 and NTSB Part 830\nRadio Communications\nEmergency equipment and survival gear\nAreas selected by the Chief Flight Instructor\n\nFlight check-\nCross-country flight operations &amp;ndash; pilotage, dead reckoning and radio navigation\nDiversion to an alternate\nLost procedures\nManeuvers and tasks as outlined in the current Practical Test Standards for the Private Pilot\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis stage will be complete when the student has passed the Stage III and final written exams, as well as the Stage III final flight check.  The student will demonstrate safe cross-country procedures and show that he/she is competent to perform all private pilot maneuvers to the PTS standards for the rating sought.',1.0,2.0,32),(5728,189,0,'Ground Lesson 38- Stage III Written','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson the student will take the stage III written exam.\n\nCONTENT\nStage III Written Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has passed the Stage III written examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,39),(5729,189,0,'Ground Lesson 39- Final Written Exam','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the final written examination.\n\n	Content\nFinal Written Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson and Stage III will be complete when the student passes the final written examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,40),(5730,188,0,'Flight Lesson 2- Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review basic and advanced helicopter maneuvers to gain additional proficiency and to help determine areas of weakness.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussions\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the above review has been completed.  The instructor will determine areas of weakness for future practice. The student will maintain airspeed +15 knots, heading +15 degrees, and altitude +200 feet.',1.0,2.0,2),(5731,188,0,'Flight Lesson 3- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review off airport operations in confined areas and pinnacles. The importance of performance planning for off airport procedures will be stressed. The student will gain further proficiency in these advanced maneuvers by practicing more difficult pinnacles and confined areas.\n\nCONTENT:\nOral discussion\nReview\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates the ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedure. The student will maintain airspeed +15 knots, heading +15 degrees, and altitude +200 feet.',1.0,2.0,3),(5732,188,0,'Flight Lesson 4- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,4),(5733,188,0,'Flight Lesson 5- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,5),(5734,188,0,'Flight Lesson 6- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +15 knots, heading +15 degrees, and altitude +200 feet.',1.0,2.0,6),(5735,188,0,'Flight Lesson 7- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +15 knots, heading +15 degrees, and altitude +200 feet.',1.0,2.0,7),(5736,188,0,'Flight Lesson 8- Dual Night Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review night operations by practicing autorotational descents and initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPractice\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +15 knots and heading +15 degrees.',1.0,2.0,8),(5737,188,0,'Flight Lesson 9- Solo Night Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo night time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,9),(5738,188,0,'Flight Lesson 10- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,10),(5739,188,0,'Flight Lesson 11- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance and will note any areas of weakness.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents.  The instructor will note areas of weakness for future practice. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,11),(5740,188,0,'Flight Lesson 12- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance and will note any areas of weakness.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents.  The instructor will note areas of weakness for future practice. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,12),(5741,188,0,'Flight Lesson 13- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance and will note any areas of weakness.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents.  The instructor will note areas of weakness for future practice. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,13),(5742,188,0,'Flight Lesson 14- Solo Night Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo night time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,14),(5743,188,0,'Flight Lesson 15- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,15),(5744,188,0,'Flight Lesson 16- Solo Night Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo night time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,16),(5745,188,0,'Flight Lesson 17- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review off airport operations in confined areas, on pinnacles and will stress the importance of performance planning and off airport procedures.  The student will gain further proficiency in these advanced maneuvers by practicing more difficult pinnacles and confined areas. \n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPerformance planning\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates increased ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet',1.0,2.0,17),(5746,188,0,'Flight Lesson 18- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review off airport operations in confined areas, on pinnacles and will stress the importance of performance planning and off airport procedures.  The student will gain further proficiency in these advanced maneuvers by practicing more difficult pinnacles and confined areas. \n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPerformance planning\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates increased ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,18),(5747,188,0,'Flight Lesson 19- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review off airport operations in confined areas, on pinnacles and will stress the importance of performance planning and off airport procedures.  The student will gain further proficiency in these advanced maneuvers by practicing more difficult pinnacles and confined areas. \n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPerformance planning\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates increased ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,19),(5748,188,0,'Flight Lesson 20- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,20),(5749,188,0,'Flight Lesson 21- Solo Night Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo night time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,21),(5750,188,0,'Flight Lesson 22- Emergency Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review general emergency operations to increase the student&amp;rsquo;s situational awareness and pilot judgement.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has completed the review of general emergency operations. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,22),(5751,188,0,'Flight Lesson 23- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,23),(5752,188,0,'Flight Lesson 24- Emergency Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review emergency procedures outlined in the Helicopter Pilot&amp;rsquo;s Operating Handbook.  The instructor will determine areas of weakness.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has reviewed the helicopter&amp;rsquo;s emergency procedures. The student should demonstrate correct procedures.  The instructor will determine areas of weakness for future practice. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,24),(5753,188,0,'Flight Lesson 25- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,25),(5754,188,0,'Flight Lesson 26- Stage I Flight Check','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the Stage I flight check will be conducted by the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot. He/she will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s aeronautical knowledge and proficiency in advanced helicopter maneuvers and emergency procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nReview\nPost flight Critique\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate the skill and knowledge with reference to the standards as outlined in the current Practical Test Standards for Commercial Pilot - Rotorcraft - Helicopter. Also the student will maintain airspeed +10 knots, heading +10 degrees, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,26),(5755,188,0,'Flight Lesson 27- Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will be a cross-country flight with landings at three or more points.  The student will practice navigation and radio communications through controlled and uncontrolled airspace.  At least one landing will be performed in Class C or D airspace. One point of landing must be 50NM or greater straight line flight from point of origin, and take 2 hours to complete the cross-country.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPreflight planning\nCross-country flight\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates the ability to navigate and communicate effectively and safely through controlled and uncontrolled airspace.  He/she will demonstrate a complete understanding of radio navigation and airport operations.',1.0,2.0,27),(5756,188,0,'Flight Lesson 28- Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review cross-country planning and procedures.  He/she will gain proficiency using pilotage and dead reckoning during night flight.  The flight will consist of landings at two or more points, one of which is 50NM straight line flight or more from the point of origin, and take 2 hours to complete the cross-country.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by the instructor)\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned night cross-country flight using pilotage and dead reckoning. He/she will demonstrate full use of sectional charts, road maps and destination area maps to safely navigate while gaining a better understanding of the interpretation of local weather conditions. The student will maintain altitude +100 feet, heading +10 degrees, and course +1 mile.',1.0,2.0,28),(5757,188,0,'Flight Lesson 29- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,29),(5758,188,0,'Flight Lesson 30- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,30),(5760,188,0,'Flight Lesson 31- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes. The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPractice\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +10 knots and heading +10 degrees.',1.0,2.0,32),(5761,188,0,'Flight Lesson 32- Solo Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice cross-country planning and procedures.  He/she will gain proficiency using pilotage and dead reckoning.  He/she will demonstrate the ability to safely conduct longer cross-country flights. One point of landing must be 50NM or greater straight line flight from point of origin.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by the instructor)\nAirport operations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight.  The instructor will determine how well the flight was conducted by oral examination and will check to be sure all required flight log entries have been made.',1.0,2.0,33),(5762,188,0,'Flight Lesson 33- Solo Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice cross-country planning and procedures.  He/she will gain proficiency using pilotage and dead reckoning.  He/she will demonstrate the ability to safely conduct longer cross-country flights. One point of landing must be 50NM or greater straight line flight from point of origin.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by the instructor)\nAirport operations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight.  The instructor will determine how well the flight was conducted by oral examination and will check to be sure all required flight log entries have been made.',1.0,2.0,34),(5763,188,0,'Flight Lesson 34- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes. The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees and airspeed +10 knots.',1.0,2.0,35),(5764,188,0,'Flight Lesson 35- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,36),(5765,188,0,'Flight Lesson 36- Solo Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice cross-country planning and procedures. He/she will gain proficiency using pilotage and dead reckoning.  He/she will demonstrate the ability to safely conduct longer cross-country flights.  This flight will include landings at three points, with one leg at least 50NM straight line flight from the point of origin.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by instructor)\nAirport operations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight.  The instructor will determine how well the flight was conducted by oral examination and will check to be sure all required flight log entries have been made.',1.0,2.0,37),(5766,188,0,'Flight Lesson 37- Solo Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review cross-country planning and procedures. He/she will gain proficiency using pilotage and dead reckoning.  The flight will consist of landings at two or more points. One point of landing must be 50NM or greater straight line flight from point of origin.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by the instructor)\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight using pilotage and dead reckoning.  He/she will demonstrate full use of sectional charts, road maps and destination area maps to safely navigate while gaining a better understanding of the interpretation of local weather conditions.',1.0,2.0,38),(5767,188,0,'Flight Lesson 38- Solo Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will conduct a solo cross-country flight with landings at least two points. One point of landing must be 50NM or greater straight line flight from point of origin.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by the instructor)\nAirport operations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight.  The instructor will determine how well the flight was conducted by oral examination and will check to be sure all required flight log entries have been made.',1.0,2.0,39),(5768,188,0,'Flight Lesson 39- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers.  The student will maintain heading +10 degrees and airspeed +10 knots.',1.0,2.0,40),(5769,188,0,'Flight Lesson 40- Stage II Flight Check','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot will conduct the Stage II check. Through oral examination and flight test, the student will demonstrate the knowledge and skill required to safely navigate the helicopter in cross-country flight as a commercial pilot.\n\nCONTENT:\nReview\nPost flight critique\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate the knowledge and skill required to safely conduct cross-country flights as outlined in the current Practical Test Standards for the Commercial Pilot. The student will maintain altitude +100 feet, heading +10 degrees, and course +1 mile.',1.0,2.0,41),(5770,188,0,'Flight Lesson 41- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student is provided with an in-depth introduction of attitude instrument flying with special emphasis on learning precise aircraft control by instrument and use of primary and secondary control instruments for the maneuvers listed.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nIntroduction\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate an understanding of aircraft attitude control by instrument reference. Altitude should be maintained within +200 feet and airspeeds within +15 knots of the desired values. Additionally, the student should display an understanding of the IFR preflight inspection and the importance of IFR takeoff preparations.',1.0,2.0,42),(5771,188,0,'Flight Lesson 42- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student continues to increase proficiency in attitude instrument flying.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nIntroduction\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student should be able to precisely control the helicopter using full panel instrument reference with increasing precision and demonstrate the correct recovery procedures from unusual flight attitudes.',1.0,2.0,43),(5772,188,0,'Flight Lesson 43- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson the student will review specified attitude instrument maneuvers.  The student will be given initial instruction regarding the use of VOR Station orientation including radial interception and tracking.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nIntroduction\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will display increased proficiency in attitude instrument flight.  The student also will understand VOR orientation and tracking procedures, including the interception of specific VOR radials.',1.0,2.0,44),(5773,188,0,'Flight Lesson 44- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student is given an opportunity to practice VOR orientation, radial interception, and tracking procedures.  VOR time, speed, and distance computations and the interception and tracking of DME arcs (if the trainer is so equipped) are introduced.  The student will be introduced to the procedural differences between ADF homing and the interception and tracking of NDB bearings.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nIntroduction\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate an understanding of the procedures used to perform VOR time, speed, and distance computations and the interception and tracking of DME arcs (if the trainer is so equipped). The student will also understand the use of ADF and NDB homing and bearing interception and tracking.',1.0,2.0,45),(5774,188,0,'Flight Lesson 45- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student will use previously learned VOR procedures and an introduction to ADF orientation and time, speed, and distance calculations\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nIntroduction\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate increased proficiency in all VOR procedures and ADF tracking.',1.0,2.0,46),(5775,188,0,'Flight Lesson 46- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student is introduced to back course localizer tracking.  The primary emphasis is on learning to intercept the CDI indications associated with the increased sensitivity of the localizer while tracking both inbound and outbound on the localizer.  In addition, the student will become more proficient in partial panel procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nIntroduction\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nIn addition to partial panel instrument and VOR review, the student will have a thorough knowledge of front and back course localizer tracking.  Desired headings during attitude instrument practice should be maintained within +10o and altitudes within +100&#039;.  The student will exhibit increased proficiency with partial panel procedures.',1.0,2.0,47),(5776,188,0,'Flight Lesson 47- Instrument','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to practice back course localizer tracking.  The primary emphasis is on intercepting the CDI indications associated with the increased sensitivity of the localizer while tracking both inbound and outbound on the localizer.  In addition, the student will become more proficient in partial panel procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPostflight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nIn addition to partial panel instrument and VOR review, the student will have a thorough knowledge of front and back course localizer tracking.  Desired headings during attitude instrument practice should be maintained within +10o and altitudes within +100&#039;.  The student will exhibit increased proficiency with partial panel procedures.',1.0,2.0,48),(5777,188,0,'Flight Lesson 48- Stage III Flight Check','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the Chief Flight instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot will review basic instrument navigation, enroute procedures. \n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate navigational orientation and tracking and hold altitude +100&#039;, airspeed +10 knots, heading +10o.',1.0,2.0,49),(5778,188,0,'Flight Lesson 49- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,50),(5779,188,0,'Flight Lesson 50- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPractice\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers.  The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots and heading +5 degrees.',1.0,2.0,51),(5780,188,0,'Flight Lesson 51- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPractice\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots and heading +5 degrees.',1.0,2.0,52),(5781,188,0,'Flight Lesson 52- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes. The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPractice\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots and heading +5 degrees.',1.0,2.0,53),(5782,188,0,'Flight Lesson 53- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,54),(5783,188,0,'Flight Lesson 54- Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review cross-country planning and procedures.  He/she will gain proficiency using pilotage and dead reckoning.  The flight will consist of landings at two or more points, one of which is at least 50NM straight line flight from point of origin, and will be at least 2 hours to complete the cross-country.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight planning (checked by instructor)\nCross-country flight (assigned by the instructor)\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will conduct the assigned cross-country flight using pilotage and dead reckoning.  He/she will demonstrate full use of sectional charts, road maps and destination area maps to safely navigate while gaining a better understanding of the interpretation of local weather conditions.  The student will maintain altitude +100 feet, heading +10 degrees, and course +1 mile.',1.0,2.0,55),(5784,188,0,'Flight Lesson 55- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice off airport operations in confined areas and on pinnacles. The importance of performance planning for off airport procedures will be stressed. The student will gain further proficiency in these advanced maneuvers by practicing more difficult pinnacles and confined areas.\n \nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPerformance planning\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates increased ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,56),(5785,188,0,'Flight Lesson 56- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice off airport operations in confined areas and on pinnacles. The importance of performance planning for off airport procedures will be stressed. The student will gain further proficiency in these advanced maneuvers by practicing more difficult pinnacles and confined areas.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPerformance planning\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates increased ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,57),(5786,188,0,'Flight Lesson 57- Off Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will be the last lesson devoted entirely to off airport operations.  The student should be able to demonstrate at least minimum commercial pilot standards.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nPerformance planning\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates increased ability to plan and execute a high and low reconnaissance.  He/she will be able to select suitable landing areas and demonstrate good judgement in his/her traffic pattern procedures. Commercial practical test standards will be demonstrated by the student. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,58),(5787,188,0,'Flight Lesson 58- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,59),(5788,188,0,'Flight Lesson 59- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,60),(5789,188,0,'Flight Lesson 60- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,61),(5790,188,0,'Flight Lesson 61- Commercial Practical Test Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,62),(5791,188,0,'Flight Lesson 62- Commercial Practical Test Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,63),(5792,188,0,'Flight Lesson 63- Commercial Practical Test Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,64),(5793,188,0,'Flight Lesson 64- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,65),(5794,188,0,'Flight Lesson 65- Solo Basic and Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice the listed basic and advanced maneuvers to gain more confidence, proficiency, and precision, as well as to build the required solo time towards the commercial pilot certificate.\n\nCONTENT:\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has practiced the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,66),(5795,188,0,'Flight Lesson 66- Commercial Practical Test Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,67),(5796,188,0,'Flight Lesson 67- Commercial Practical Test Prep','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment malfunctions that the student was unable to practice during his/her solo time.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,68),(5797,188,0,'Flight Lesson 68- Commercial Maneuvers and Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review all commercial helicopter maneuvers and procedures in preparation for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight discussion\nReview\nPost flight critique and preview of Stage IV and final flight check\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates to his/her instructor the knowledge and proficiency that meets or exceeds the minimum standards as outlined in the current FAA Commercial Rotorcraft - Helicopter Practical Test Standards.  This lesson may be repeated if the student has yet to complete the dual instruction as required by FAR 141 or if he/she fails to meet the standards prescribed. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,69),(5798,188,0,'Flight Lesson 69- Stage IV Flight Check','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the Stage IV/final flight check will be conducted by the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot. He/she will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s readiness for the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft - Helicopter practical test.\n\nCONTENT:\nReview\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate the knowledge and proficiency that meets or exceeds the standards as outlined in the current FAA Rotorcraft - Helicopter Practical Test Standards for the Commercial Pilot. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,70),(5799,187,0,'Ground Lesson 2- Flight Instrument Systems','OBJECTIVES\nGain a working knowledge of the function and use of the flight instrument components and systems.\nBecome familiar with the limitations and common errors of the flight instrument systems and components.\n\n\nCONTENT\n Flight Instrument Systems\n Gyroscopic Flight Instruments\n Magnetic Compass\n Pitot-Static Instruments\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of IFR instrument requirements as well as instrument flight systems, instrument operations, and instrument errors during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,2),(5800,187,0,'Ground Lesson 3- Attitude Instrument Flying','OBJECTIVES\nReview the basic principles of attitude instrument flying, including the fundamental procedures related to instrument cross-check, instrument interpretation, and aircraft control.\nGain a working knowledge of the instrument cockpit check.\nBecome familiar with instrument system failures and partial panel flight procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nAttitude Instrument Flying\nBasic Flight Maneuvers\nCoping with Instrument Failure\nUnusual Attitude Recovery\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of basic attitude instrument flight during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.\nExhibit knowledge of partial panel instrument flight procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5801,187,0,'Ground Lesson 4- Instrument Navigation','OBJECTIVES\nLearn the function, use, and limitations of VOR, DME, and ADF radio equipment for navigation\nBecome familiar with other types of instruments navigation including RNAV and GPS.\n\n\nCONTENT\nVOR Navigation\nADF Navigation\nOperational Considerations\nArea Navigation (RNAV)\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of the use and limitations of navigation systems during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,4),(5802,187,0,'Ground Lesson 5- Instrument Federal Aviation Regulations','OBJECTIVES\nBecome familiar with the Federal Aviation Regulations related to instrument flight.\nUnderstand the information from NTSB Part 830.\n\n\nCONTENT\nRefer to &amp;ldquo;Suggest Study List&amp;rdquo; in preface of FAR/AIM published by ASA.\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nStudent demonstrates understanding of the resources and regulations related to instrument flight during oral quizzing by instructor.',1.0,2.0,5),(5803,187,0,'Ground Lesson 6- Airports and Airspace','OBJECTIVES\nStudy and become familiar with the airport environment, including collision avoidance, and runway incursion avoidance.\nGain specific knowledge of the National Airspace System.\nGain a basic understanding of the sources of flight information, particularly the Aeronautical Information Manual and FAA Advisory Circulars dealing with IFR flight.\n\n\nCONTENT\nAirport Environment\nAirspace\nFlight Information\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of the airport environment and lighting, as well as airspace usage and sources of flight information during oral quizzing by the instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,6),(5804,187,0,'Ground Lesson 7- Air Traffic Control System','OBJECTIVES\nLearn the types of services provided by the air traffic control system.\nBecome familiar with the various Enroute and terminal facilities and their use for flight under IFR.\n\n\nCONTENT\nAir Traffic Control System\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of Enroute and terminal ATC services during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,7),(5805,187,0,'Ground Lesson 8- Air Traffic Control Clearances','OBJECTIVES\nBecome familiar with ATC clearance procedures.\nLearn and gain experience using clearance shorthand.\n\n\nCONTENT\nATC Clearances\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of pilot responsibilities and clearance procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,8),(5806,187,0,'Ground Lesson 9- Stage I Exam','OBJECTIVES\nAdminister the stage exam covering the first three chapters of the Instrument/Commercial Manual, the applicable FARs, and NTSB Part 830 rules.\n\nCONTENT\nStage I Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Stage I Exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to Stage II.',1.0,2.0,9),(5807,187,0,'Ground Lesson 10- Departure','OBJECTIVES\nLearn the format and Symbology used to present information on departure charts.\nGain a working knowledge of departure procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nDeparture Charts\nDeparture Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of instrument departure procedures and related considerations during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,10),(5808,187,0,'Ground Lesson 11- Enroute Procedures','OBJECTIVES\nGain a working knowledge of Enroute and area charts.\nLearn the Symbology used to present information and the applicable procedures for IFR Enroute operations.\n\nCONTENT\nEnroute and Area Charts\nEnroute Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of enroute charts as well as enroute navigation and communication procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,11),(5809,187,0,'Ground Lesson 12- Holding Procedures','OBJECTIVES\nGain a working knowledge of holding patterns including entry, timing, and communication.\n\nCONTENT\nHolding Procedures\nMaximum Holding Speed\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate an understanding of holds, entry and procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,13),(5810,187,0,'Ground Lesson 13- Arrival','OBJECTIVES\nGain a working knowledge or arrival charts.\nGain a working knowledge of arrival procedures and methods.\n\nCONTENT\nArrival Charts\nArrival Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of arrival charts and procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,14),(5811,187,0,'Ground Lesson 14- Approach Charts','OBJECTIVES\nThe student will begin to learn how to interpret and use information published on instrument approach charts.\n\nCONTENT\nApproach Segments\nApproach Chart Layout\nAirport Chart\nJeppesen Briefing Strip Chart\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of instrument approach charts during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,15),(5812,187,0,'Ground Lesson 15- Approach Procedures','OBJECTIVES\nLearn the procedures used to transition from the Enroute segment to the approach segment.\nIncrease understanding and knowledge of approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nApproach Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of approach operations and procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,16),(5813,187,0,'Ground Lesson 16- VOR and NDB Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nLearn procedures and methods necessary to perform VOR and NDB approaches.\n\nCONTENT\nVOR Approach Procedure\nVOR/DME Approach Procedures\nNDB Approach Procedure\nRadar Vectors to the Approach\nPoint-In-Space Approach\nCopter Approach\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of VOR and NDB approach procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,17),(5814,187,0,'Ground Lesson 17- Introduction to Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nSelects and complies with the appropriate instrument approach procedure to be performed.\nLearn procedures to adequately set up the aircraft, radios, and crew for instrument approaches.\n\nCONTENT\nMARTHA\nSIX &amp;ldquo;T&amp;rsquo;S&amp;rdquo;\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding instrument approach preparations.\nStudent understands how to set up each instrument maneuver at VORs and/or intersections, initial approach fixes, and final approach fixes.',1.0,2.0,18),(5815,187,0,'Ground Lesson 18- ILS Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nGain knowledge of ILS components and approach procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nILS Categories and Minimums\nILS Components\nFlying the ILS\nSimultaneous Converging Instrument Approach\nLocalizer Approach\nLDA, SDF, and MLS Approaches\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of the various methods of conducting an ILS approach during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,19),(5816,187,0,'Ground Lesson 19- GPS and RNAV Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nBecome familiar with GPS and RNAV instrument approach systems and procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nGPS\nVOR/DME RNAV\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of GPS and RNAV approach procedures and limitations during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,20),(5817,187,0,'Ground Lesson 20- Stage II Exam','OBJECTIVES\nAdminister the stage exam to evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s comprehension of enroute and terminal chart information, as well as the applicable procedures covered in chapters 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\n\nCONTENT\nCharts\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Stage II Exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to Stage III.',1.0,2.0,21),(5818,187,0,'Ground Lesson 21- Weather Factors and Hazards','OBJECTIVES\nBecome familiar with the factors affecting weather patterns and hazards related to flight operations.\n\nCONTENT\nWeather Factors\nWeather Hazards\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of weather factors and weather hazards during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,22),(5819,187,0,'Ground Lesson 22- Weather Reports and Forecasts','OBJECTIVES\nLearn to retrieve and interpret printed weather reports and forecasts.\n\nCONTENT\nPrinted Reports and Forecasts\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of information contained in printed reports and forecasts during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,23),(5820,187,0,'Ground Lesson 23- IFR Cross Country','OBJECTIVES\nLearn to plan a cross-country flight using real-time weather and conforming to the regulatory requirements for instrument flight rules.\nUnderstand the aircraft&amp;rsquo;s performance capabilities by calculating estimated time en route and total furl requirement based upon factors such as wind, power settings, operating altitude and fuel reserve requirements.\n\nCONTENT\nComponents of a Cross Country Flight Plan\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of cross-country preparations.\nStudent knows how to adequately prepare for each instrument maneuver at VORs and/or intersections, initial approach fixes, and final approach fixes.',1.0,2.0,24),(5821,187,0,'Ground Lesson 24- Graphic Weather Products','OBJECTIVES\nUnderstand the information displayed on graphic weather products and how to use each product.\n\nCONTENT\nGraphic Reports\nGraphic Forecasts\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate ability to interpret and integrate information presented in graphic weather products during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,25),(5822,187,0,'Ground Lesson 25- Sources of Weather Information','OBJECTIVES\nLearn how to access preflight and in-flight sources of weather information.\nLearn how to interpret and use weather information for planning and in-flight purposes.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Weather Sources\nInflight Weather Sources\nAirborne Weather Equipment\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of preflight and in-flight weather sources and their uses during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,26),(5823,187,0,'Ground Lesson 26- IFR Emergencies','OBJECTIVES\nLearn to recognize emergency situations and perform the correct emergency procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nIFR Emergencies\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate ability to recognize and respond appropriately to emergency situations during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,27),(5824,187,0,'Ground Lesson 27- Decision Making and Planning','OBJECTIVES\nObtain the knowledge necessary to successfully plan an IFR flight and recognize the factors related to effective decision making.\n\nCONTENT\nIFR Decision Making\nIFR Flight Planning\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate understanding of IFR flight planning and factors affecting the decision making process during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,28),(5825,187,0,'Ground Lesson 28- Instrument Rating Practical Test','OBJECTIVES\nPrepare for oral portion of Instrument Rating Practical Test.\n\n\nCONTENT\nFlight planning\nDeparture\nEn route\nArrival\n\nPractical Test Checklist for Applicants\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nStudent demonstrates knowledge of practical exam requirements and procedures.',1.0,2.0,29),(5826,187,0,'Ground Lesson 29- Stage III Exam','OBJECTIVES\nAdminister the stage exam to evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s comprehension of the information in Chapters 9 and 10 covering weather factors, weather hazards, and sources of weather information, as well as decision making, IFR flight planning, and emergency procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nMeteorology\nIFR Flight Considerations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Stage III exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to the end-of-course exam.',1.0,2.0,30),(5827,187,0,'Ground Lesson 30- End of Course Exam','OBJECTIVES\nAdminister and evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s comprehension of academic material presented in Chapters 1 through 10 in preparation for the FAA instrument rating airmen knowledge test.\n\nCONTENT\nPrinciples of Instrument Flight\nThe Flight Environment\nMeteorology\nDeparture Charts and Procedures\nEnroute Charts and Procedures\nArrival Charts and Procedures\nApproach Charts and Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Instrument Rating End-of-Course Exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to the FAA instrument rating airmen knowledge test.',1.0,2.0,31),(5829,183,0,'Ground Lesson 1 - Helicopter Components','OBJECTIVE:\nThis lesson will introduce the student to the training helicopter components, systems and instruments.  Some components of other helicopters will also be studied.\n\nCONTENT:\nHelicopter components, Airframe, Main rotor systems, Tail rotor\nTransmission\nGearboxes\nDrive train\nClutch\nFreewheeling unit \nLanding gear\nRotor brake\nSeats\nFlight controls\nSwashplate \n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,7),(5830,186,0,'Flight Lesson 2- Attitude Control','OBJECTIVES\nReview full panel instrument flying in preparation for partial panel flight.\nIntroduce the student to aircraft instrument systems, equipment, and preflight checks necessary for IFR flight.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nFull Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce\nAircraft Systems Related to IFR Operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate an understanding of and basic competence in full panel instrument attitude control.\nDuring the flight the student will demonstrate understanding of aircraft attitude control by maintaining altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, and airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots.\nDisplay an understanding of the aircraft systems related to IFR operations and the importance of IFR takeoff preparations.',1.0,2.0,2),(5831,186,0,'Flight Lesson 3- Basic Flight Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nReview full panel instrument flying in preparation for partial panel flight.\nIntroduce the student to aircraft instrument systems, equipment, and preflight checks necessary for IFR flight.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nAircraft Systems Related to IFR Operations\nAircraft Flight instruments and Navigation Equipment\nPreflight Check of Instruments, Equipment, and Systems\nInstrument Cockpit Check\nFull Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate an understanding of and basic competence in full panel instrument attitude control.\nDuring the flight the student will demonstrate understanding of aircraft attitude control by maintaining altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, and airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots.\nDisplay an understanding of the aircraft systems related to IFR operations and the importance of IFR takeoff preparations.',1.0,2.0,3),(5832,186,0,'Flight Lesson 4- Equipment Malfunctions','OBJECTIVES\nReview full panel instrument flight.\nIntroduction to partial panel attitude instrument flying, including related systems and equipment malfunctions\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nIFR Aircraft Systems\nIFR Takeoff Preparations\nSteep Turns\n\nIntroduce\nSystems and Equipment Malfunctions\nPartial Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will begin to recognize and understand the effect of instrument systems and equipment malfunctions.\nRecognize the change in instrument cross-check necessary to maintain aircraft control while using partial panel procedures.',1.0,2.0,4),(5833,186,0,'Flight Lesson 5- Compass and Timed Turns','OBJECTIVES\nContinue to review full and partial panel instrument flight.\nBecome more familiar with related systems and equipment malfunctions.\nIntroduce additional full/partial panel instrument maneuvers and procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nSystems and Equipment Malfunctions\nGyroscopic Failure &amp;ndash; Attitude and/or Heading Indicators\nLoss of Communications Equipment\nFull and Partial Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce\nFull Panel Instrument\nPartial Panel Instrument\nMagnetic Compass Turns\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nUsing partial panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;150 feet per minute.\nDemonstrate a basic understanding of IFR systems operation and recognize systems and equipment malfunctions.',1.0,2.0,5),(5834,186,0,'Flight Lesson 6- Partial Panel Instrument','OBJECTIVES\nFurther develop full and partial panel instrument attitude flying skills.\nIntroduce partial panel stalls and maneuvering during slow flight.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nFull and Partial Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce\nPartial Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nUsing partial panel and full panel instrument reference, the student will recognize the typical indications of stalls, as well as perform recoveries without abrupt control usage.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes, using full and partial panel instrument reference.',1.0,2.0,6),(5835,186,0,'Flight Lesson 7- Climbs, Descents and Unusual Flight Attitudes','OBJECTIVES\nEnhance proficiency in the listed full panel attitude instrument maneuvers.\nImprove partial panel skills in stall recoveries, slow flight, and unusual attitude recoveries.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nFull Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nUsing full panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;150 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference.\nThe student will use recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude.',1.0,2.0,7),(5836,186,0,'Flight Lesson 8- VOR Accuracy Tests','OBJECTIVES\nContinue to develop proficiency in the basic listed attitude instrument maneuvers.\nGain an understanding of VOR orientation as well as VOR radial interception and tracking.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nFull and Partial Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce\nVOR Accuracy Test\nVOR Orientation\nVOR Radial Interception and Tracking\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nUsing full panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.\nDuring partial panel procedures, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference.\nDisplay basic knowledge of VOR interception and radial tracking.',1.0,2.0,8),(5837,186,0,'Flight Lesson 9- NDB Orientation and DME Arcs','OBJETIVES\nThe student will gain additional experience, knowledge, and understanding of VOR orientation, radial interception and tracking.\nIntroduce VOR time and distance calculations, intercepting and tracking DME arcs (if the aircraft is so equipped), and the use of ADF equipment and NDB procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nVOR Orientation\nVOR Radial Interception and Tracking\n\nIntroduce\nVOR Time, Speed, and Distance\nIntercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if the aircraft is so equipped)\nNDB Orientation and Homing\nNDB Bearing Interception and Tracking\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute while performing the listed procedures.\nThe student will demonstrate increased competency in basic VOR procedures and begin to understand ADF equipment and NDB procedures.',1.0,2.0,9),(5838,186,0,'Flight Lesson 10- VOR and NDB Procedures','OBJECTIVES\nPractice and gain proficiency in VOR orientation, tracking, and time, speed, and distance calculations.\nBecome familiar with basic ADF equipment and NDB procedures.\nIntroduce NDB time, speed, and distance calculations.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nVOR Orientation\nVOR Tracking\nVOR Time, Speed, and Distance\nIntercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\nNDB Orientation and Homing\nNDB Bearing Interception and Tracking\n\nIntroduce\nNDB Time, Speed, and Distance\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate increased proficiency in all VOR procedures.\nThe student will exhibit understanding of basic NDB procedures.',1.0,2.0,10),(5839,186,0,'Flight Lesson 11- Localizers','OBJECTIVES\nIntroduce front and back course localizer tracking.\nContinue to gain proficiency with full and partial panel procedures.\nLearn to interpret the CDI indications associated with the increased sensitivity of the localizer while tracking inbound on the front or back course.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nPartial Panel Instrument\nFull Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce\nLocalizer Tracking (Front Course)\nLocalizer Tracking (Back Course)\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate increased proficiency in full panel and partial panel VOR procedures.\nThe student should maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet and heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;.',1.0,2.0,11),(5840,186,0,'Flight Lesson 12- Partial Panel VOR and NDB','OBJECTIVES\nIncrease proficiency in basic attitude instrument flight procedures.\nIntroduce VOR and NDB orientation/tracking procedures using partial panel.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nFull Panel Instrument\nPartial Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce\nPartial Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation in full panel and partial panel situations.\nUsing partial panel and full panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference.\nThe student will demonstrate the correct recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude.',1.0,2.0,12),(5841,186,0,'Flight Lesson 13- Stage I Check','OBJECTIVES\nThe chief instructor, assistant chief, or a designated check instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in attitude instrument flight and navigation to ensure the student is prepared for more complex instrument flying procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview \nFull Panel Instrument\nPartial Panel Instrument\nInstrument Navigation\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation and tracking at all times.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference.\nThe student will use recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude.\nUsing full panel and partial panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.',1.0,2.0,13),(5842,186,0,'Flight Lesson 14- VOR and NDB Holding','OBJECTIVES\nReview instrument systems and equipment malfunctions.\nThe student should become familiar with VOR standard and nonstandard holding patterns, as well as standard NDB holding procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nSystems and Equipment Malfunctions\nFull Panel Instrument Flight\n\nIntroduce \nVOR Holding\nNDB Holding\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate a basic understanding and proficiency in VOR and NDB holding pattern procedures.\nThe student should maintain orientation at all times during both standard and nonstandard VOR holding procedures.\nExhibit basic understanding and skill in standard NDB holding procedures.',1.0,2.0,14),(5843,186,0,'Flight Lesson 15- NDB and Localizer Holding','OBJECTIVES\nThe student should demonstrate increased proficiency in performing standard VOR and NDB holding patterns.\nIntroduce nonstandard NDB and standard localizer holding procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nStandard VOR Holding\nNonstandard VOR Holding\nStandard NDB Holding\nLocalizer Tracking\n\nIntroduce\nNonstandard NDB Holding\nStandard Localizer Holding\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate the necessary skill and knowledge to perform the correct holding pattern entries and procedures for standard and nonstandard VOR holding patterns as well as standard NDB holding patterns.\nThe student will exhibit basic understanding and ability to fly nonstandard NDB and localizer holding patterns using the appropriate entry, timing, and wind correction procedures.',1.0,2.0,15),(5844,186,0,'Flight Lesson 16- Holding','OBJECTIVES\nThe student will review the holding procedures introduced in previous lessons.\nThe student will also be introduced to other types of holding patterns.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nStandard NDB Holding\nNonstandard NDB Holding\nStandard Localizer Holding\n\nIntroduce\nNonstandard Localizer Holding\nDME Holding (if aircraft is so equipped)\nIntersection Holding\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will exhibit the ability to perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns (if the aircraft is so equipped).\nThe student should maintain the desired altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, and the assigned airspeed &amp;plusmn;10 knots during the hold.',1.0,2.0,16),(5845,186,0,'Flight Lesson 17- VOR and Localizer Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nReview previously learned holding pattern procedures and systems/equipment malfunctions.\nFamiliarize the student with nonprecision instrument approach procedures and missed approach planning.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nHolding Procedures\nNonstandard NDB Holding\nStandard Localizer Holding\nSystems and Equipment Malfunctions\n\nIntroduce\nVOR Approaches\nLocalizer Approaches (Front Course)\nApproach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nMissed Approach Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDemonstrate proficiency in the reviewed maneuvers and procedures.\nThe student also should be able to:\nExplain and use the information displayed on the approach charts.\nExecute several initial and intermediate approach segments to arrive at the final approach fix.\nComplete the final approach and let down to the missed approach fix.',1.0,2.0,17),(5846,186,0,'Flight Lesson 18- VOR and Localizers','OBJECTIVES\nBegin to develop proficiency in nonprecision instrument approach procedures and missed approach planning.\nIntroduce procedures for completing a circling approach and landing from a straight-in or circling approach.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nVOR Approaches\nFront Course Localizer Approach\nApproach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nMissed Approach Procedures\n\nIntroduce\nNDB Approaches\nBack Course Localizer Approach\nApproach Procedures to Circling Landing Minimums\nLanding From a Straight-In or Circling Approach Procedure\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will maintain an altitude of &amp;plusmn;200 feet on the initial and intermediate approach segments.\nOn the final approach segment the student should maintain heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and an altitude that is not more than 100 feet above and 0 feet below the MDA.',1.0,2.0,18),(5847,186,0,'Flight Lesson 19- VOR and Localizers','OBJECTIVES\nBegin to develop proficiency in nonprecision instrument approach procedures and missed approach planning.\nIntroduce procedures for completing a circling approach and landing from a straight-in or circling approach.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nVOR Approaches\nFront Course Localizer Approach\nApproach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nMissed Approach Procedures\n\nIntroduce\nNDB Approaches\nBack Course Localizer Approach\nApproach Procedures to Circling Landing Minimums\nLanding From a Straight-In or Circling Approach Procedure\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will maintain an altitude of &amp;plusmn;200 feet on the initial and intermediate approach segments.\nOn the final approach segment the student should maintain heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and an altitude that is not more than 100 feet above and 0 feet below the',1.0,2.0,19),(5848,186,0,'Flight Lesson 20- ILS Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nImprove proficiency in localizer and VOR approaches.\nBecome familiar with ILS approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nIntercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\nVOR Approaches\nLocalizer Approaches (Front and Back Course)\nMissed Approach Procedures\n\nIntroduce\nILS Approaches\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student should exhibit knowledge of front and back course localizer tracking while maintaining specific descent rates and altitudes.\nDuring ILS approaches, the student should demonstrate glide slope bracketing, using attitude changes to control airspeed and descent rates.',1.0,2.0,20),(5849,186,0,'Flight Lesson 21- Partial Panel Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nReview full panel instrument approach procedures for precision and nonprecision approaches.\nIntroduce the student to no-gyro vectoring and approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nFull Panel Instrument (as necessary)\nILS Approaches\nLocalizer Approaches\nNDB Approaches\nLanding From a Straight-In or Circling Approach Procedure\nIntercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\n\nIntroduce\nPartial Panel Nonprecision Instrument Approach Procedures\nPartial Panel Missed Approach Procedure\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nDuring the ILS approaches, the student should demonstrate accurate localizer interception and tracking and make a transition to the glide slope at the correct point.\nThe glide slope and localizer should be maintained with less than full-scale needle deflection.\nDuring the non-precision approaches, the student should maintain an altitude of  &amp;plusmn;200 feet on the initial and intermediate approach segments.\nOn the final approach segment, the student should maintain an altitude that is not more than 100 feet above the MDA.\nThe student will exhibit understanding of the procedures used to perform no-gyro radar vectoring and approaches.',1.0,2.0,21),(5850,186,0,'Flight Lesson 22- Review Holding and Approaches','OBJECTIVES\nThe student should review instrument approach procedures as well as holding pattern entries and procedures in preparation for the stage exam.Introduce VOR/DME, RNAV and GPS approach procedures (if aircraft is so equipped).\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nStandard VOR Holding\nNonstandard VOR Holding\nStandard NDB Holding\nNonstandard NDB Holding\nStandard Localizer Holding\nVOR, ILS, NDB Approaches\nNo-Gyro Radar Vectoring and Approach Procedures\nPartial Panel Nonprecision Instrument Approach Procedures\nMissed Approach Procedures\n\nIntroduce\nVOR/DME RNAV and GPS Approach Procedures (if aircraft is so equipped)\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate the ability to perform no-gyro radar approaches accurately.\nThe student will demonstrate proficiency in the listed maneuvers in preparation for the Stage II Check.',1.0,2.0,22),(5851,186,0,'Flight Lesson 23- Stage II Check','OBJECTIVES\nThe chief instructor, assistant chief, or a designated check instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in the proper execution of holding patterns and instrument approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nVOR Holding\nNDB Holding\nVOR Time and Distance\nIntercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\nVOR Approaches\nNDB Approaches\nILS Approaches\nApproach Procedures to Circling Landing Minimums\nApproach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nMissed Approach Procedures\nPartial Panel nonprecision Instrument Approach Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student should demonstrate instrument pilot proficiency, as outlines in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standard, in each of the listed procedures.',1.0,2.0,23),(5852,186,0,'Flight Lesson 24- IFR Weather','OBJECTIVES\nThe student should be introduced to IFR cross-country procedures with an emphasis on planning and departure procedures.\nThe student should develop an understanding of the appropriate emergency procedures for enroute IFR operations.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nLocalizer Tracking\nLocalizer Approaches\nILS Approaches (as needed)\nNDB Approaches (as needed)\nVOR Approaches (as needed)\nLoss of Communications\nLoss of Gyro &amp;ndash; Attitude and/or Heading Indicator\n\nIntroduce\nWeather Information Related to IFR Cross-Country Flight\nAircraft Performance, Limitations, and Systems Related to IFR Cross-Country\nFiling an IFR Flight Plan\nDeparture Procedures and Clearances\nAir Traffic Control Clearance\nClearance Copying\nClearance Readback\nUse of SIDs\nUse of Radar\nVoice Communications\nEnroute Procedures and Clearances\nArrival Procedures and Clearances\nCanceling an IFR Flight Plan\n\nSimulated Emergency Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will exhibit knowledge of the procedures involved in cross-country planning, filing IFR flight plans, and obtaining IFR clearances.\nThe student will demonstrate a basic understanding of the various simulated emergency procedures.',1.0,2.0,24),(5853,186,0,'Flight Lesson 25- Short Cross Country','OBJECTIVES\nIntroduce the student to IFR flight planning applications by conducting an IFR cross-country over 50 nautical miles from the original point of departure, becoming familiar with IFR departure, enroute, and arrival procedures.\nReview the appropriate emergency procedures for enroute IFR operations.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nWeather Information Related to IFR Cross-Country\nAircraft Performance, limitations, and Systems Related to IFR Cross-Country\nFiling an IFR Flight Plan\nDeparture Procedures and Clearances\nAir Traffic Control Clearances\nUse of SIDs\nUse of Radar\nVOR Navigation\nVOR Receiver Checks and Check Points\nHolding Procedures\nSimulated Emergency Procedures\nEnroute Procedures and Clearances\nCalculating ETEs and ETAs\nEnroute Course Changes\nArrival Procedures and Clearances\nUse of STARs\nUse of Departure Radar\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will exhibit knowledge of the procedures involved in cross-country planning, filing IFR flight plans, and obtaining IFR clearances.\nThe student will demonstrate a basic understanding of the various simulated emergency procedures.',1.0,2.0,25),(5854,186,0,'Flight Lesson 26- Long Cross Country','OBJECTIVES\nThe student will continue to learn how to accurately plan and conduct an IFR cross-country flight and become more familiar with IFR departure, enroute, and arrival procedures.\nIntroduce the student to aeronautical decision making and cockpit management concepts in the IFR environment.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nIFR Cross-Country Flight Planning\nSimulated Emergency Procedures\nArrival Procedures and Clearances\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nAt the completion of this flight, the student should have a thorough understanding of cross-country and simulated emergency procedures appropriate to the aircraft to be used for the practical test.\nThe student should have command of the airplane at all times during the flight, exercise sound judgment, and accurately comply with ATC procedures and clearances.',1.0,2.0,26),(5855,186,0,'Flight Lesson 27- Cross Country','OBJECTIVES\nIncrease the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in planning and conducting all phases of the IFR cross-country flight in preparation for the Stage III Exam.\nThe student should understand the appropriate emergency procedures as well as resource management and decision making practices for enroute IFR operations.\nDevelop student competency in utilizing resource management and decision making skills.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nWeather Information Related to IFR Cross-Country \nAircraft Performance, Limitations, and Systems Related to IFR Cross-Country\nCockpit Management\nFiling an IFR Flight Plan\nObtaining an IFR Clearance\nClearance Copying\nClearance Readback\nIFR Departure Procedures and Clearances\nIFR Enroute Procedures and Clearances\nIFR Approach Procedures and Clearances\nCanceling an IFR Flight Plan\nVOR Holding\nNDB Holding\nVOR Time and Distance\nVOR Approaches\nNDB Approaches\nILS Approaches\nMissed Approach Procedures\nPartial Panel Non-precision Instrument Approach Procedures\nAeronautical Decision Making and Judgment\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student should demonstrate instrument pilot knowledge and proficiency, as outlined in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standards, in each of the listed procedures.',1.0,2.0,27),(5857,186,0,'Flight Lesson 28- Flight Review','OBJECTIVES\nIncrease the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in planning and conducting all phases of the IFR cross-country flight in preparation for the Stage III Exam.\nThe student should understand the appropriate emergency procedures as well as resource management and decision making practices for enroute IFR operations.\nDevelop student competency in utilizing resource management and decision making skills.\n\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nIFR Cross-Country Flight Planning\nArrival Procedures and Clearances\nSimulated Emergency Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student should demonstrate complete understanding of IFR cross-country procedures.\nThe student will perform all IFR and pertinent simulated emergency procedures at the instrument pilot proficiency level, as outlines in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standards.',1.0,2.0,29),(5858,186,0,'Flight Lesson 29- Final Stage Check','OBJECTIVES\nThe chief instructor, assistant chief, or a designated check instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s IFR skills.  This is the Final Stage Check in preparation for the Instrument Rating Practical Test.\n\nCONTENT\nReview\nCross-Country Planning\nInstrument Cockpit Check\nAir Traffic Control Clearances\nEmergency Procedures\nFull Panel Instrument\nPartial Panel Instrument\nInstrument Navigation\nVOR\nNDB\nPartial Panel Instrument\nOther Instrument Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will perform all IFR and pertinent simulated emergency procedures at the instrument pilot proficiency level, as outlines in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standards.',1.0,2.0,30),(5859,191,0,'Ground Lesson 1 - Fundamentals of Instruction','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this process, the student will be introduced to the learning process and human behavior and will gain the ability to apply these fundamentals to successful methods of teaching.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe learning process\nHuman factors\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,1),(5860,191,0,'Ground Lesson 2 - Fundamentals of Instruction (cont.)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this time, the student will be introduced to effective communication, the teaching process, and teaching methods and will gain the ability to apply these fundamentals to successful methods of teaching.\n\nCONTENT:\nEffective Communication\nThe Teaching Process\nTeaching Methods\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,2),(5861,191,0,'Ground Lesson 3 - Fundamentals of Instruction (cont.)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to instructional critique, evaluation and instructional aids and will gain the ability to apply these fundamentals to successful methods of teaching.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe Instructor as a Critic\nEvaluation\nInstructional Aids\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,3),(5862,191,0,'Ground Lesson 4 - Fundamentals of Instruction (cont.)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to flight instructor responsibilities, the integrated method of flight instruction, and planning instructional activities.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight Instructor Responsibilities\nTechniques of Flight Instruction\nPlanning Instructional Activity\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\n This lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,4),(5863,191,0,'Ground Lesson 5 - Stage I Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the Stage I written examination based on the material presented in Stage I.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage I Written Examination \n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student passes the Stage I written examination with a minimum score of 70 percent.',1.0,2.0,5),(5864,191,0,'Ground Lesson 6 - Helicopter Aerodynamics','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will increase the student&#039;s understanding of basic helicopter aerodynamics.\n\nCONTENT:\nAerodynamics\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,6),(5865,191,0,'Ground Lesson 7 - Principles of Flight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a greater understanding of the principles of helicopter flight and the hazards and dangers related to helicopter aerodynamics.\n\nCONTENT:\nPrinciples of flight\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,7),(5866,191,0,'Ground Lesson 8 - Helicopter Systems and Controls','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a greater understanding of helicopter components, systems and instruments.\n\nCONTENT:\nHelicopter Systems and Flight Controls\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,8),(5867,191,0,'Ground Lesson 9 - Aviation Weather','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review elements of weather and high altitude meteorology to increase the student&#039;s knowledge of the atmosphere and weather behavior.\n\nCONTENT:\nAviation Weather\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,9),(5868,191,0,'Ground Lesson 10 - Obtaining Weather Information','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review weather reports, charts, and forecasts available to pilots.\n\nCONTENT:\nObtaining Weather Information\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,10),(5869,191,0,'Ground Lesson 11 - Determining Performance and Limitations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain a greater understanding of factors affecting helicopter performance and limitations.\n\nCONTENT:\nDetermining Performance and Limitations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,11),(5870,191,0,'Ground Lesson 12 - Weight and Balance','OBJECTIVES:\nThis lesson will review weight and balance theory and computations and their importance to helicopter performance.\n\nCONTENT:\nWeight and Balance\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,12),(5871,191,0,'Ground Lesson 13 - Federal Aviation Regulations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will increase his understanding of the Federal Aviation Regulations.\n\nCONTENT:\nFederal Aviation Regulations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,13),(5872,191,0,'Ground Lesson 14 - Permits and Publications','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will increase his understanding of the elements related to use of minimum equipment list, flight information publications, advisory circulars, practical test standards, pilot operating handbooks, and FAA approved helicopter flight manuals.\n\nCONTENT:\nUse of minimum equipment list (MEL)\nFederal Information Publications\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,14),(5873,191,0,'Ground Lesson 15 - Stage II Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the Stage II written examination based on the material presented in Stage II.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage II Written Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student passes the Stage II written examination with a minimum score of 70 percent.',1.0,2.0,15),(5874,191,0,'Ground Lesson 16 - Certificates and Documents','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review required certificates and documents as well as required logbook entries and certificate endorsements.\n\nCONTENT:\nCertificates and Documents\nLogbook Entries and Certificate Endorsements\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,16),(5875,191,0,'Ground Lesson 17 - Preflight','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the following subjects to improve his understanding of aircraft visual inspections, cockpit management, engine starting and rotor engagement\n\nCONTENT:\nVisual Inspection\nCockpit Management\nEngine Starting/Rotor Engagement\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,17),(5876,191,0,'Ground Lesson 18 - Preflight (cont.)','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements and importance of pre-takeoff checks and the correct use and operation of helicopter systems.\n\nCONTENT:\nOperation of Systems\nPre-Takeoff Check\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,18),(5877,191,0,'Ground Lesson 19 - Airport Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements and importance of radio communications, ATC light gun signals, traffic pattern operations, and airport and heliport markings and lighting.\n\nCONTENT:\nRadio Communications and ATC Light Signals\nTraffic Pattern Operations\nAirport and Heliport Marking and Lighting\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,19),(5878,191,0,'Ground Lesson 20 - Aeromedical Factors','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements and importance of aeromedical factors, visual scanning, and collision avoidance.\n\nCONTENT:\nAeromedical Factors\nVisual Scanning and Collision Avoidance\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,20),(5879,191,0,'Ground Lesson 21 - Navigation and Flight Planning','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements of navigation and importance of flight planning.\n\nCONTENT:\nNavigation and Flight Planning\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,21),(5880,191,0,'Ground Lesson 22 - Night Flight Operations','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements of night flight operations and the importance of postflight procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nNight Flight Operations\nPost flight Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,22),(5881,191,0,'Ground Lesson 23 - Basic Flight Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements of basic flight maneuvers. The student will learn the common student errors encountered during flight training.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight Maneuvers\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,23),(5882,191,0,'Ground Lesson 24 - Advanced Flight Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements of more advanced flight maneuvers. The student will learn the common student errors encountered during flight training.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight Maneuvers\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,24),(5883,191,0,'Ground Lesson 25 - Emergency Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will review the elements of in-flight emergency procedures and the procedures used for different system and equipment malfunctions. The student will learn the correct technique used in teaching those procedures and the common student errors encountered during flight training.\n\nCONTENT:\nProcedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,25),(5884,191,0,'Ground Lesson 26 - Stage III and Final Written Examination','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the Stage III and final written examination based on the material presented in Stages I &amp;ndash; III.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage III and Final Written Examination\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student passes the Stage III and final written examination with a minimum score of 70 percent.',1.0,2.0,26),(5885,193,0,'Ground Lesson 3 - Fundamentals of Instructing','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to instructional critique, evaluation and instructional aids and will gain the ability to apply these fundamentals to successful methods of teaching.\n\nCONTENT:\nThe Instructor as a Critic\nEvaluation\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,3),(5886,193,0,'Ground Lesson 4 - Fundamentals of Instructing','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to flight instructor responsibilities, the integrated method of flight instruction, and planning instructional activities.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight Instructor Responsibilities\nTechniques of Flight Instruction\nPlanning Instructional Activity\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\n This lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,4),(5887,193,0,'Ground Lesson 5 - Stage I Written Test','OBJECTIVES:\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the Stage I written examination based on the material presented in Stage I.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage I Written Examination \n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson will be complete when the student passes the Stage I written examination with a minimum score of 70 percent.',1.0,2.0,5),(5888,193,0,'Ground Lesson 6 - Aeromedical Factors','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student has instructional knowledge of the elements related to Aeromedical factors by describing the effects, corrective action, and safety considerations.\n\nCONTENT:\nAviation Physiology\n\n	\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will indicate, through oral quizzing, familiarity with aeromedical factors.  In addition, the instructor will make sure the student has a basic understanding of policies and procedures applicable to the school&amp;rsquo;s pilot training program.',1.0,2.0,6),(5889,193,0,'Ground Lesson 7 - Aircraft Instruments and Systems','OBJECTIVES:\nStudent exhibits instructional knowledge of aircraft instruments and systems. The student is familiar with the limitations and common errors of the flight instruments and systems.\n\nCONTENT:\nFlight Instrument Systems\nGyroscopic Flight Instruments\nMagnetic Compass\nPitot-Static Instruments\nNavigational equipment and operating characteristics\nAnti-ice/deicing and weather detection equipment\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of IFR instrument requirements as well as instrument flight systems, instrument operations, aircraft systems, and instrument errors during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,7),(5890,193,0,'Ground Lesson 8 - Attitude Instrument Flying','OBJECTIVES:\nReview the basic principles of attitude instrument flying, including the fundamental procedures related to instrument cross-check, instrument interpretation, and aircraft control.\nGain a working knowledge of the instrument cockpit check.\nBecome familiar with instrument system failures and partial panel flight procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nAttitude Instrument Flying\nBasic Flight Maneuvers\nCoping with Instrument Failure\nUnusual Attitude Recovery\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of basic attitude instrument flight during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.\nExhibit knowledge of partial panel instrument flight procedures.',1.0,2.0,8),(5891,193,0,'Ground Lesson 9 - Instrument Navigation','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn the function, use, and limitations of VOR, DME, and ADF radio equipment for navigation\nBecome familiar with other types of instruments navigation including RNAV and GPS.\n\nCONTENT:\n VOR Navigation\nADF Navigation\nOperational Considerations\nArea Navigation (RNAV)\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of the use and limitations of navigation systems during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,9),(5892,193,0,'Ground Lesson 10 - Instruments FAR&#039;s','OBJECTIVES:\nBecome familiar with the Federal Aviation Regulations related to instrument flight.\nUnderstand the information from NTSB Part 830.\n\nCONTENT:\n   Refer to &amp;ldquo;Suggest Study List&amp;rdquo; in preface of FAR/AIM published by ASA.\na) FAR Part 1\nb) FAR Part 61\nc) FAR Part 91\nd) FAR 141, Appendix  C\ne) NTSB Part 830\nf) AIM Ch. 10\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nStudent demonstrates understanding of the resources and regulations related to instrument flight during oral quizzing by instructor.',1.0,2.0,10),(5893,193,0,'Ground Lesson 11 - Air Traffic Control Systems and Clearances','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn the types of services provided by the air traffic control system \nBecome familiar with the various Enroute and terminal facilities and their use for flight under IFR.\n\nCONTENT:\nAir Traffic Control System\nATC Clearances\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of Enroute and terminal ATC services during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,11),(5894,193,0,'Ground Lesson 12 - Stage II Written Exam','OBJECTIVE:\nDuring this lesson, the student will take the Stage II written examination based on the material presented in Stage I and Stage II\n\nCONTENT:\nStage II Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Stage II Exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to Stage III.',1.0,2.0,12),(5895,193,0,'Ground Lesson 13 - Departure','OBJECTIVE:\nTeach the format and Symbology used to present information on departure charts.\nGain a working knowledge of departure procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nDeparture Charts\nDeparture Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of instrument departure procedures and related considerations during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,13),(5896,193,0,'Ground Lesson 14 - Enroute Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nGain a working knowledge of Enroute and area charts.\nLearn the Symbology used to present information and the applicable procedures for IFR Enroute operations.\n\nCONTENT:\nEnroute and Area Charts\nEnroute Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of enroute charts as well as enroute navigation and communication procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,14),(5897,193,0,'Ground Lesson 15 - Holding Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nGain a working knowledge of holding patterns including entry, timing, and communication.\n\nCONTENT:\nHolding Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate an understanding of holds, entry and procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,15),(5898,193,0,'Ground Lesson 16 - Arrival','OBJECTIVES:\nGain a working knowledge or arrival charts.\nGain a working knowledge of arrival procedures and methods.\n\nCONTENT:\nArrival Charts\nArrival Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of arrival charts and procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,16),(5899,193,0,'Ground Lesson 17 - Approach Charts','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will begin to learn how to interpret and use information published on instrument approach charts.\n\nCONTENT:\nApproach Segments\nApproach Chart Layout\nAirport Chart\nJeppesen Briefing Strip Chart\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of instrument approach charts during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,17),(5900,193,0,'Ground Lesson 18 - Approach Procedures','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn the procedures used to transition from the Enroute segment to the approach segment.\nIncrease understanding and knowledge of approach procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nApproach Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of approach operations and procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,18),(5901,193,0,'Ground Lesson 19 - VOR and NBD Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn procedures and methods necessary to perform VOR and NDB approaches.\n\nCONTENT:\nVOR Approach Procedure\nVOR/DME Approach Procedures\nNDB Approach Procedure\nRadar Vectors to the Approach\nPoint-In-Space Approach\nCopter Approach\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of VOR and NDB approach procedures during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,19),(5902,193,0,'Ground Lesson 20 - ILS Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nGain knowledge of ILS components and approach procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nILS Categories and Minimums\nILS Components\nFlying the ILS\nSimultaneous Converging Instrument Approach\nLocalizer Approach\nLDA, SDF, and MLS Approaches\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of the various methods of conducting an ILS approach during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,20),(5903,193,0,'Ground Lesson 21 - Stage III Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nAdminister the stage exam to evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s comprehension of enroute and terminal chart information.\n\nCONTENT:\nStage III Written Exam\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Stage III Exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to Stage IV.',1.0,2.0,21),(5904,193,0,'Ground Lesson 22 - Sources of Weather Informaiton','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn how to access preflight and in-flight sources of weather information.\nLearn how to interpret and use weather information for planning and in-flight purposes.\n\nCONTENT:\nPreflight Weather Sources\nInflight Weather Sources\nAirborne Weather Equipment\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of preflight and in-flight weather sources and their uses during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,22),(5905,193,0,'Ground Lesson 23 - Weather Factors and Hazards','OBJECTIVES:\nBecome familiar with the factors affecting weather patterns and hazards related to flight operations.\n\nCONTENT:\nWeather Factors\nWeather Hazards\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of weather factors and weather hazards during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,23),(5906,193,0,'Ground Lesson 24 - Reports, Forecasts, and Graphic Weather Products','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn to retrieve and interpret printed weather reports, forecasts and graphic weather products.\n\nCONTENT:\nPrinted Reports and Forecasts\nGraphic Reports\nGraphic Forecasts\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of information contained in printed reports and forecasts during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,24),(5907,193,0,'Ground Lesson 25 - IFR Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nLearn to plan a cross-country flight using real-time weather and conforming to the regulatory requirements for instrument flight rules.\nUnderstand the aircraft&amp;rsquo;s performance capabilities by calculating estimated time en route and total furl requirement based upon factors such as wind, power settings, operating altitude and fuel reserve requirements.\n\nCONTENT:\nComponents of a Cross Country Flight Plan\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of cross-country preparations.\nStudent knows how to adequately prepare for each instrument maneuver at VORs and/or intersections, initial approach fixes, and final approach fixes.',1.0,2.0,25),(5908,193,0,'Ground Lesson 26 - Decision Making and Planning','OBJECTIVES:\nObtain the knowledge necessary to successfully plan an IFR flight and recognize the factors related to effective decision making.\n\nCONTENT:\nIFR Decision Making\nIFR Flight Planning\n IFR Emergencies\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate understanding of IFR flight planning and factors affecting the decision making process during oral quizzing by instructor at completion of lesson.',1.0,2.0,26),(5909,193,0,'Ground Lesson 27 - Flight Instructor Instrument Rating Practical Test','OBJECTIVES:\nPrepare for oral portion of Flight Instructor Instrument Rating Practical Test.\n\nCONTENT:\nFundamentals of Instructing\nFlight planning\nDeparture	\nArrival\nEn route\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nStudent demonstrates knowledge of practical exam requirements and procedures.',1.0,2.0,27),(5910,193,0,'Ground Lesson 28 - Stage IV Written Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nAdminister the stage exam to evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s comprehension of the information in Chapters 23 and 29 covering weather factors, weather hazards, and sources of weather information, as well as decision making, IFR flight planning, and emergency procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nMeteorology\nIFR Flight Considerations\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThis lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Stage III exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to the end-of-course exam.',1.0,2.0,28),(5911,193,0,'Ground Lesson 29 - Stage IV Final Exam','OBJECTIVES:\nAdminister and evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s comprehension of academic material presented in sections 1 through 28 in preparation for the FAA instrument rating airmen knowledge test.\n\nCONTENT:\nFundamentals of  Instructing\nAircraft Instruments and systems\nInstrument FAR&amp;rsquo;s\nPrinciples of Instrument Flight\nATC systems and clearances\nThe Flight Environment\nMeteorology\nDeparture Charts and Procedures\nEnroute Charts and Procedures\nArrival Charts and Procedures\nApproach Charts and Procedures\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe lesson and stage are complete when the student has completed the Flight Instructor Instrument Rating End-of-Course Exam with a minimum passing score of 70%, and the instructor has reviewed each incorrect response to ensure complete understanding before the student progresses to the FAA flight instructor instrument rating airmen knowledge test.',1.0,2.0,29),(5912,192,0,'Flight Lesson 2 - Basic Flight Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES:\nReview systems and equipment checks.\nIncrease proficiency in full panel instrument flying.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Aircraft Systems Related to IFR Operations\nb) Aircraft Flight instruments and Navigation Equipment\nc) Preflight Check of Instruments, Equipment, and Systems\nd) Instrument Cockpit Check\ne) Full Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce: \nAircraft Systems Related to IFR Operations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will exhibit a basic understanding of systems and equipment related to IFR operations.\nThe student will precisely control the airplane using full panel instrument reference.\nWith minor exceptions, the student should be able to maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, and airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots.\nRecognize the approach of stalls and demonstrate the correct recovery procedures from unusual flight attitudes.',1.0,2.0,2),(5913,192,0,'Flight Lesson 3 - Equipment Malfunctions','OBJECTIVES:\nReview full panel instrument flight.\nIntroduction to partial panel attitude instrument flying, including related systems and equipment malfunctions\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) IFR Aircraft Systems\nb) IFR Takeoff Preparations\nc) Steep Turns\n\nIntroduce:\na) Systems and Equipment Malfunctions\nb) Partial Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will begin to recognize and understand the effect of instrument systems and equipment malfunctions.\nRecognize the change in instrument cross-check necessary to maintain aircraft control while using partial panel procedures.',1.0,2.0,3),(5914,192,0,'Flight Lesson 4 - Compass and Timed Turns','OBJECTIVES:\nContinue to review full and partial panel instrument flight.\nBecome more familiar with related systems and equipment malfunctions.\nIntroduce additional full/partial panel instrument maneuvers and procedures.\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Systems and Equipment Malfunctions\nb) Gyroscopic Failure &amp;ndash; Attitude and/or Heading Indicators\nc) Loss of Communications Equipment\nd) Full and Partial Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce:\na) Full Panel Instrument\nb) Partial Panel Instrument\nc) Magnetic Compass Turns\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nUsing partial panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;150 feet per minute.\nDemonstrate a basic understanding of IFR systems operation and recognize systems and equipment malfunctions.',1.0,2.0,4),(5915,192,0,'Flight Lesson 5 - NDB Orientation and DME Arcs','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will gain additional experience, knowledge, and understanding of VOR orientation, radial interception and tracking.\nIntroduce VOR time and distance calculations, intercepting and tracking DME arcs (if the aircraft is so equipped), and the use of ADF equipment and NDB procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nIntroduce:\na) VOR Time, Speed, and Distance\nb) VOR Orientation\nc) VOR Radial Interception and Tracking\nd) Intercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if the aircraft is so equipped)\ne) NDB Orientation and Homing\nf) NDB Bearing Interception and Tracking\ng) NDB Time, Speed, and Distance\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute while performing the listed procedures.\nThe student will demonstrate increased competency in basic VOR procedures and begin to understand ADF equipment and NDB procedures.',1.0,2.0,5),(5916,192,0,'Flight Lesson 6 - Partial Panel VOR and NBD','OBJECTIVES:\nIncrease proficiency in basic attitude instrument flight procedures.\nIntroduce VOR and NDB orientation/tracking procedures using partial panel.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview: \na) Full Panel Instrument\nb) Partial Panel Instrument\n\nIntroduce:\na) Partial Panel Instrument\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation in full panel and partial panel situations.\nUsing partial panel and full panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference.\nThe student will demonstrate the correct recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude.',1.0,2.0,6),(5917,192,0,'Flight Lesson 7 - Stage I Check','OBJECTIVES:\nThe chief instructor, assistant chief, or a designated check instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in attitude instrument flight and navigation to ensure the student is prepared for more complex instrument flying procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview: \na) Full Panel Instrument\nb) Partial Panel Instrument\nc) Instrument Navigation\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation and tracking at all times.\nThe student will perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference.\nThe student will use recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude.\nUsing full panel and partial panel instrument reference, the student will maintain altitude &amp;plusmn;100 feet, heading &amp;plusmn;10&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and desired climb and descent rate &amp;plusmn;100 feet per minute.',1.0,2.0,7),(5918,192,0,'Flight Lesson 8 - VOR and NBD Holding','OBJECTIVES:\nReview instrument systems and equipment malfunctions.\nThe student should become familiar with VOR standard and nonstandard holding patterns, as well as standard NDB holding procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Systems and Equipment Malfunctions\nb) Full Panel Instrument Flight\n\nIntroduce:\na) VOR Holding\nb) NDB Holding\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate a basic understanding and proficiency in VOR and NDB holding pattern procedures.\nThe student should maintain orientation at all times during both standard and nonstandard VOR holding procedures.\nExhibit basic understanding and skill in standard NDB holding procedures.',1.0,2.0,8),(5919,192,0,'Flight Lesson 9 - NDB and Localizer Holding','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student should demonstrate increased proficiency in performing standard VOR and NDB holding patterns.\nIntroduce nonstandard NDB and standard localizer holding procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Standard VOR Holding\nb) Nonstandard VOR Holding\nc) Standard NDB Holding\nd) Localizer Tracking\n\nIntroduce:\na) Nonstandard NDB Holding\nb) Standard Localizer Holding\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will demonstrate the necessary skill and knowledge to perform the correct holding pattern entries and procedures for standard and nonstandard VOR holding patterns as well as standard NDB holding patterns.\nThe student will exhibit basic understanding and ability to fly nonstandard NDB and localizer holding patterns using the appropriate entry, timing, and wind correction procedures.',1.0,2.0,9),(5920,192,0,'Flight Lesson 10 - Holding','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student will review the holding procedures introduced in previous lessons.\nThe student will also be introduced to other types of holding patterns.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Standard NDB Holding\nb) Nonstandard NDB Holding\nc) Standard Localizer Holding\n\nIntroduce:\na) Nonstandard Localizer Holding\nb) DME Holding (if aircraft is so equipped)\nc) Intersection Holding\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will exhibit the ability to perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns (if the aircraft is so equipped).\nThe student should maintain the desired altitude &amp;plusmn;200 feet, and the assigned airspeed &amp;plusmn;10 knots during the hold.',1.0,2.0,10),(5921,192,0,'Flight Lesson 11 - VOR and Localizer Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nReview previously learned holding pattern procedures and systems/equipment malfunctions.\nFamiliarize the student with nonprecision instrument approach procedures and missed approach planning.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Holding Procedures\nb) Nonstandard NDB Holding\nc) Standard Localizer Holding\nd) Systems and Equipment Malfunctions\n\nIntroduce:\na) VOR Approaches\nb) Localizer Approaches (Front Course)\nc) Approach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nd) Missed Approach Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDemonstrate proficiency in the reviewed maneuvers and procedures.\nThe student also should be able to:\nExplain and use the information displayed on the approach charts.\nExecute several initial and intermediate approach segments to arrive at the final approach fix.\nComplete the final approach and let down to the missed approach fix.',1.0,2.0,11),(5922,192,0,'Flight Lesson 12 - VOR and Localizers','OBJECTIVES:\nBegin to develop proficiency in nonprecision instrument approach procedures and missed approach planning.\nIntroduce procedures for completing a circling approach and landing from a straight-in or circling approach.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) VOR Approaches\nb) Front Course Localizer Approach\nc) Approach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nd) Missed Approach Procedures\n\nIntroduce:\na) NDB Approaches\nb) Back Course Localizer Approach\nc) Approach Procedures to Circling Landing Minimums\nd) Landing From a Straight-In or Circling Approach Procedure\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will maintain an altitude of &amp;plusmn;200 feet on the initial and intermediate approach segments.\nOn the final approach segment the student should maintain heading &amp;plusmn;15&amp;deg;, airspeed &amp;plusmn;15 knots, and an altitude that is not more than 100 feet above and 0 feet below the MDA.',1.0,2.0,12),(5923,192,0,'Flight Lesson 13 - ILS Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nImprove proficiency in localizer and VOR approaches.\nBecome familiar with ILS approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Intercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\nb) VOR Approaches\nc) Localizer Approaches (Front and Back Course)\nd) Missed Approach Procedures\n\nIntroduce:\na) ILS Approaches\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student should exhibit knowledge of front and back course localizer tracking while maintaining specific descent rates and altitudes.\nDuring ILS approaches, the student should demonstrate glide slope bracketing, using attitude changes to control airspeed and descent rates.',1.0,2.0,13),(5924,192,0,'Flight Lesson 14 - Partial Panel Approaches','OBJECTIVES:\nReview full panel instrument approach procedures for precision and nonprecision approaches.\nIntroduce the student to no-gyro vectoring and approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Full Panel Instrument (as necessary)\nb) ILS Approaches\nc) Localizer Approaches\nd) NDB Approaches\ne) Landing From a Straight-In or Circling Approach Procedure\nf) Intercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\n\nIntroduce:\na) Partial Panel Non-precision Instrument Approach Procedures\nb) Partial Panel Missed Approach Procedure\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nDuring the ILS approaches, the student should demonstrate accurate localizer interception and tracking and make a transition to the glide slope at the correct point.\nThe glide slope and localizer should be maintained with less than full-scale needle deflection.\nDuring the non-precision approaches, the student should maintain an altitude of  &amp;plusmn;200 feet on the initial and intermediate approach segments.\nOn the final approach segment, the student should maintain an altitude that is not more than 100 feet above the MDA.\nThe student will exhibit understanding of the procedures used to perform no-gyro radar vectoring and approaches.',1.0,2.0,14),(5925,192,0,'Flight Lesson 15 - Stage II Check','OBJECTIVES:\nThe chief instructor, assistant chief, or a designated check instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in the proper execution of holding patterns and instrument approach procedures.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) VOR Holding\nb) NDB Holding\nc) VOR Time and Distance\nd) Intercepting and Tracking DME Arcs (if aircraft is so equipped)\ne) VOR Approaches\nf) NDB Approaches\ng) ILS Approaches\nh) Approach Procedures to Circling Landing Minimums\ni) Approach Procedures to Straight-In Landing Minimums\nj) Missed Approach Procedures\nk) Partial Panel non-precision Instrument Approach Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student should demonstrate instrument pilot proficiency, as outlines in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standard, in each of the listed procedures.',1.0,2.0,15),(5926,192,0,'Flight Lesson 16 - IFR Weather','OBJECTIVES:\nThe student should be introduced to IFR cross-country procedures with an emphasis on planning and departure procedures.\nThe student should develop an understanding of the appropriate emergency procedures for enroute IFR operations.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Localizer Tracking\nb) Localizer Approaches\nc) ILS Approaches (as needed)\nd) NDB Approaches (as needed)\ne) VOR Approaches (as needed)\nf) Loss of Communications\ng) Loss of Gyro &amp;ndash; Attitude and/or Heading Indicator\n\nIntroduce:\na) Weather Information Related to IFR Cross-Country Flight\nb) Aircraft Performance, Limitations, and Systems Related to IFR Cross-Country\nc) Filing an IFR Flight Plan\nd) Departure Procedures and Clearances\ne) Air Traffic Control Clearance\nf) Clearance Copying\ng) Clearance Readback\nh) Use of SIDs\ni) Use of Radar\nj) Voice Communications\nk) Enroute Procedures and Clearances\nl) Arrival Procedures and Clearances\nm) Canceling an IFR Flight Plan\n\nSimulated Emergency Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will exhibit knowledge of the procedures involved in cross-country planning, filing IFR flight plans, and obtaining IFR clearances.\nThe student will demonstrate a basic understanding of the various simulated emergency procedures.',1.0,2.0,16),(5927,192,0,'Flight Lesson 17 - Cross Country','OBJECTIVES:\nIncrease the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in planning and conducting all phases of the IFR cross-country flight in preparation for the Stage III Exam.\nThe student should understand the appropriate emergency procedures as well as resource management and decision making practices for enroute IFR operations.\nDevelop student competency in utilizing resource management and decision making skills.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Weather Information Related to IFR Cross-Country \nb) Aircraft Performance, Limitations, and Systems Related to IFR Cross-Country\nc) Cockpit Management\nd) Filing an IFR Flight Plan\ne) Obtaining an IFR Clearance\nf) Clearance Copying\ng) Clearance Readback\nh) IFR Departure Procedures and Clearances\ni) IFR Enroute Procedures and Clearances\nj) IFR Approach Procedures and Clearances\nk) Canceling an IFR Flight Plan\nl) VOR Holding\nm) NDB Holding\nn) VOR Time and Distance\no) VOR Approaches\np) NDB Approaches\nq) ILS Approaches\nr) Missed Approach Procedures\ns) Partial Panel Non-precision Instrument Approach Procedures\nt) Aeronautical Decision Making and Judgment\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student should demonstrate instrument pilot knowledge and proficiency, as outlined in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standards, in each of the listed procedures.',1.0,2.0,17),(5928,192,0,'Flight Lesson 18 - Course Review','OBJECTIVES:\nIncrease the student&amp;rsquo;s proficiency in planning and conducting all phases of the IFR cross-country flight in preparation for the Stage III Exam.\nThe student should understand the appropriate emergency procedures as well as resource management and decision making practices for enroute IFR operations.\nDevelop student competency in utilizing resource management and decision making skills.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) IFR Cross-Country Flight Planning\nb) Arrival Procedures and Clearances\nc) Simulated Emergency Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student should demonstrate complete understanding of IFR procedures.\nThe student will perform all IFR and pertinent simulated emergency procedures at the instrument pilot proficiency level, as outlines in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standards.',1.0,2.0,18),(5929,192,0,'Flight Lesson 19 - Stage III Check','OBJECTIVES:\nThe chief instructor, assistant chief, or a designated check instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s IFR skills.  This is the End-of-Course Check in preparation for the Instrument Rating Practical Test.\n\n\nCONTENT:\nReview:\na) Cross-Country Planning\nb) Instrument Cockpit Check\nc) Air Traffic Control Clearances\nd) Emergency Procedures\ne) Full Panel Instrument\nf) Partial Panel Instrument\ng) Instrument Navigation\nh) VOR\ni) NDB\nj) Partial Panel Instrument\nk) Other Instrument Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS:\nThe student will perform all IFR and pertinent simulated emergency procedures at the instrument pilot proficiency level, as outlines in the current FAA Instrument Rating Practical Test Standards.',1.0,2.0,19),(5930,190,0,'Flight Lesson 3- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPerformance and Analysis of Maneuvers\nPostflight discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform and analyze the maneuvers and procedures covered in this lesson. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,3),(5931,190,0,'Flight Lesson 4- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPerformance and Analysis of Maneuvers\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform and analyze the maneuvers and procedures covered in this lesson. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,4),(5932,190,0,'Flight Lesson 5- Off Airport','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nAnalysis of Maneuvers\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform analyze the maneuvers and procedures covered in this lesson.',1.0,2.0,5),(5933,190,0,'Flight Lesson 6- Night Flights','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nAnalysis of Flight (Night Flight)\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform and analyze night flight operations. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,6),(5934,190,0,'Flight Lesson 7- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will learn the elements involved in the performance of the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to recognize, analyze and correct his/her own errors.\n\nCONTENT	\nPreflight Discussion\nPerformance and Analysis of Maneuvers\n\n COMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively perform and analyze the maneuvers and procedures covered in this lesson. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,7),(5935,190,0,'Flight Lesson 8- Stage I Check','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the Stage I flight check will be conducted by the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or stage check pilot. The student will demonstrate the knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to perform and analyze the maneuvers and procedures presented during Stage I.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nFlight Check\nAll maneuvers and procedures covered in lessons 1-7\nPostflight Evaluation and Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has passed the Stage I flight check. The student will maintain heading +10 degrees, airspeed +10 knots, and altitude +100 feet.',1.0,2.0,8),(5936,190,0,'Flight Lesson 9- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed maneuvers and procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the ability to effectively analyze and teach the listed procedures and maneuvers. The student will demonstrate the ability to correct common student errors.',1.0,2.0,9),(5937,190,0,'Flight Lesson 10- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed maneuvers and procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the ability to effectively analyze and teach the listed procedures and maneuvers. The student will demonstrate the ability to correct common student errors.  The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,10),(5938,190,0,'Flight Lesson 11- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed maneuvers.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the ability to effectively teach and analyze the listed maneuvers. The student will demonstrate the ability to correct common student errors. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,11),(5939,190,0,'Flight Lesson 12- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed maneuvers and procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the ability to effectively teach and analyze the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will also demonstrate the ability to correct common student errors. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,12),(5940,190,0,'Flight Lesson 13- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed maneuvers and procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student demonstrates the ability to effectively teach and analyze the listed maneuvers and procedures. The student will demonstrate the ability to correct common student errors. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,13),(5941,190,0,'Flight Lesson 14- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction \nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the ability to effectively teach the listed procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,14),(5942,190,0,'Flight Lesson 15- Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain the ability to teach the listed procedures.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nPractice Flight Instruction (Final Review)\nPostflight Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrated the ability to effectively teach the listed procedures. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,15),(5943,190,0,'Flight Lesson 16- Stage II Final Check','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the Stage II and final flight check will be conducted by the Chief Flight Instructor or Assistant Chief Flight Instructor. The student will demonstrate the instructional knowledge and ability to effectively teach the maneuvers and procedures required for the issuance of a flight instructor certificate with a rotorcraft category rating and helicopter class rating.\n\nCONTENT\nPreflight Discussion\nFlight Check\nPostflight Evaluation and Discussion\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when the student passes the Stage II and final flight check. The student will maintain airspeed +5 knots, heading +5 degrees, and altitude +50 feet.',1.0,2.0,16),(5944,202,0,'Ground Lesson 1- Helicopter Components','OBJECTIVES\nThis lesson will introduce the student to the training helicopter components, systems and instruments.  Some components of other helicopters will also be studied.\n\n	Content\nHelicopter components\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,1),(5945,202,0,'Ground Lesson 2- Pilots Operating Handbook','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the helicopter flight manual and helicopter performance.\n\nContent\nThe helicopter flight manual - pilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,2),(5946,202,0,'Ground Lesson 3- Helicopter Aerodynamics','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain an understanding of helicopter aerodynamics.\n\nContent:\nTranslating Tendency\nTranslational lift\nEffective translational lift\nDissymmetry of lift\nRetreating blade stall\nTransverse flow effect\nResonance\nVibrations\nIGE and OGE\nSettling with power\nLoss of tail rotor effectiveness\nDynamic rollover\nLow G\nMast bumping\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,3),(5947,202,0,'Ground Lesson 4- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain an understanding of the aerodynamics of autorotative descents.\n\n	Content\nAutorotative descents\nHovering autorotations\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,4),(5948,202,0,'Ground Lesson 5- Federal Aviation Administration Regulations','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to the Federal Aviation Administration Regulations. Study will begin with, FAR Part 1, 43, 61, 91 and Part 830 of the regulations.\n\nContent\nFAR Part 1           \nFAR Part 43          \nFAR Part 61          	\nFAR Part 67   	\nFAR Part 91   	\nFAR Part 91 		\nNTSB Part 830 -- Notification and reporting of aircraft accidents or incidents and overdue aircraft, and preservation of aircraft wreckage, mail, cargo and records\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented and has completed the study assignment.',1.0,2.0,5),(5949,202,0,'Ground Lesson 6- Practical Test Standards','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson the student will review the Practical Test Standards for the rating held.\n\n\nContent:\nArea of Operations\nPreflight Preparation\nPreflight Procedures\nAirport and Heliport Operations\nHovering Maneuvers\nTakeoffs, Landings, and Go-Arounds\nPerformance Maneuvers\nNavigation\nEmergency Operations\nNight Operations (if needed)\nSpecial Operations\nPost-Flight Procedures\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson will be complete when, by oral examination, the student displays an understanding of the material presented.',1.0,2.0,6),(5950,202,0,'Ground Lesson 7- Stage I Final Exame','OBJECTIVES\n	During this lesson, the student will take the Stage I final written examination.\n\nContent:\nStage I final written examination\nThis exam will cover aircraft specifics \nPTS standards for the rating held by the student\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis lesson and Stage I will be complete when the student passes the Stage I final written examination with a minimum score of 70%.',1.0,2.0,7),(5951,203,0,'Flight Lesson 1- Basic Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to gain proficiency in basic flight maneuvers and normal procedures.\n\nContent\nReview\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will have a basic understanding of the airport environment with regards to helicopter operations and will be able to perform the preflight inspection, engine starting, engine and systems preflight checks, and engine shutdown unassisted.  He/she will display increased proficiency in coordinated helicopter control and will meet the PTS standards for the rating held by the student.',1.0,2.0,1),(5952,203,0,'Flight Lesson 2- Autorotations','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will be introduced to 180 degree autorotations and the effects of turns during autorotative descents.  The student will review the basic flight maneuvers.\n\nContent\nReview\nIntroduction\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will gain an understanding of the importance of attitude and RPM control during 180 degree autorotations.  During power failure at altitude, the student will understand the need to immediately lower the collective to prevent a low rotor RPM situation and techniques for controlling RPM during autorotative descents.',1.0,2.0,2),(5953,203,0,'Flight Lesson 3- Advanced Maneuvers','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will continue to gain proficiency in basic flight and normal procedures. The student will also be introduced to more advanced maneuvers.\nContent\n\nReview\n\nIntroduce\nConfined area operations\nPinnacle / Platform operations\nMaximum Performance takeoffs\n\n\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe student will demonstrate the listed maneuvers to a proficient manner.',1.0,2.0,3),(5954,203,0,'Flight Lesson 4- Advanced Maneuvers','Maximum performance takeoff OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will gain additional proficiency in the execution of autorotational descents by initiating autorotations at varying airspeeds and altitudes.  The instructor will evaluate the student&amp;rsquo;s performance in basic and advanced maneuvers and emergency procedures by conducting a review.\n\nContent\nPractice\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has practiced autorotational descents and reviewed the listed maneuvers.',1.0,2.0,4),(5955,203,0,'Flight Lesson 5- Stage Prep','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the student will practice areas of weakness in preparation for the Stage Check.  The instructor will concentrate on the maneuvers, autorotative descents, emergency procedures and system and equipment failures / malfunctions that the student was unable to perform to PTS standards.\n\nContent\n1) Preflight discussion\n2) Review\na) Areas of student weakness\ni)                                                       \nii)                                                       \niii)                                                       \niv)                                                       \nv)                                                       \nb) Autorotative descents\nc) Emergency procedures\nd) Systems and equipment failures and malfunctions\n3) Post flight critique and preview of next lesson\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThe lesson will be complete when the student has demonstrates to his/her instructor increased proficiency in the above listed maneuvers to PTS standards.',1.0,2.0,5),(5956,203,0,'Flight Lesson 6- Final Flight Check','OBJECTIVES\nDuring this lesson, the Chief Flight Instructor, Assistant Chief Flight Instructor or check instructor pilot will conduct the Stage I final check. Through oral examination, written test and flight test, the student will demonstrate the knowledge and skill required by the PTS for the rating held by the student. \n\nContent:\n1) Review\na) Oral examination\ni) Pilot&amp;rsquo;s operating handbook\nii) Weight and balance computation\niii) Aircraft performance\niv) Cross-country flight planning - aeronautical charts, compass\nv) Weather briefing\nvi) Notice to Airmen (NOTAMS)\nvii) FAR Parts 1,61,91 and NTSB Part 830\nviii) Radio Communications\nix) Emergency equipment and survival gear\nx) Areas selected by the Flight Instructor\nb) Flight check\ni) Maneuvers and tasks as outlined in the current Practical Test Standards for the rating held by the student\n\nCOMPLETION STANDARDS\nThis stage will be complete when the student has passed the Stage I and final written exam, as well as the Stage I final flight check.  The student will demonstrate that he/she is competent to perform all pilot maneuvers outlined in the PTS.',1.0,2.0,6),(5957,152,0,'SIMU 3 NDB repeat + ARC','AIR EXERCISE 4	refer to annex PART 3-6  chap 1-5,1-7,1-9,2-4\n	\n	R A D I O   N A V I G A T I O N   (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n\nIn this lesson the ADF work should be updated to interception inbound/inbound , inbound/outbound, outbound/inbound.\nThe student must at this stage have reached a natural Instrument flying skill and should be permanently aware of his exact position.\nAt this stage the ARC around NDB and additional DME use in this ADF-DME ARC exercises.\n	\nU S E   O F   A D F   (AUTOMATIC  DIRECTION FINDING EQUIPMENT)\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Selecting, Tuning and Identifying a NDB\n&amp;#61553;	ADF orientation\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (RTF Procedures and ATC liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Homing\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Inbound\n&amp;#61553;	Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Outbound\n&amp;#61553;	Time/Distance Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Magnetic Bearing\n&amp;#61553;	Determining the Aeroplane&amp;rsquo;s position from Two NDBs or alternatively from One NDB and one other Navaid\n&amp;#61553;	ADF Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Various Approved Entries',1.0,2.0,10),(5958,152,0,'SIMU 3 NDB Holdings','AIR EXERCISE 4	refer to annex PART 3-6  chap 1-5,1-7,1-9,2-4\n	\n	R A D I O   N A V I G A T I O N   (APPLIED PROCEDURES)\n\nIn this lesson the ADF work should be updated to interception inbound/inbound , inbound/outbound, outbound/inbound.\nThe student must at this stage have reached a natural Instrument flying skill and should be permanently aware of his exact position.\nAt this stage the ARC around NDB and additional DME use in this ADF-DME ARC exercises.\n	\nU S E   O F   A D F   (AUTOMATIC  DIRECTION FINDING EQUIPMENT)\n	\n&amp;#61553;	Selecting, Tuning and Identifying a NDB\n&amp;#61553;	ADF orientation\n&amp;#61553;	Communication (RTF Procedures and ATC liaison)\n&amp;#61553;	Homing\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Inbound\n&amp;#61553;	Station Passage\n&amp;#61553;	Tracking Outbound\n&amp;#61553;	Time/Distance Checks\n&amp;#61553;	Intercepting a Pre-Selected Magnetic Bearing\n&amp;#61553;	Determining the Aeroplane&amp;rsquo;s position from Two NDBs or alternatively from One NDB and one other Navaid\n&amp;#61553;	ADF Holding Procedures\n&amp;#61553;	Various Approved Entries',1.0,2.0,11),(5959,204,0,'Ground Lesson 1 - Helicopter Components Part 1','Objective\n	This lesson is geared towards introducing the student to the helicopter components of the Guimbal Cabri G2, and to distinguish the unique features of the aircraft compared to others that are similar to it. \n\nActivity	       Time\nGround Lesson	1.5\n\nJustification\n	The student will already have rotorcraft experience and this lesson will provide the special features of the Guimbal Cabri G2.\n\nPre-reading Material\nGuimbal Cabri G2 Flight Manual (Section 7)\n\nCompletion Standards\nThe student will become familiar with the helicopter components of the Guimbal Cabri G2.  The student will be able to exhibit knowledge of the helicopter components of the Guimbal Cabri G2 IAW FAA PTS standards.  At the end of this lesson there will be a quiz that the student will need to pass with at least 70% and a cumulative final exam will be given at the end of the course.\n\nLesson Overview\n-	Airframe\no	General\no	Landing Gear\no	Seating\n-	Dynamic Systems\no	Main Rotor\no	Tail Rotor\no	Transmission\no	Flight Controls\no	Rotor Brake\n-	Power plant (engine)\no	Engine\no	Clutch\no	Air Induction\no	Ignition System\no	Cooling System\no	Fuel System',1.0,2.0,1),